(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1989-90"

^ftHkm Cchf Si Gifflfrrb] Mw*fek' 



CATALOG 



Southern Facts 

Type. Founded in 1892, Southern 
College of Seventh-day Adventists is 
a coeducational accredited college 
owned and operated by the Southern 
Union Conference of Seventh-day Ad- 
ventists. 

Mission. The college seeks to guide 
students in developing a personal 
commitment to excellence in aca- 
demic achievement, to serving hu- 
manity, to understanding cultural di- 
versity, to nurturing a mature personal 
relationship with Jesus Christ, and to 
fulfilling the ideals and mission of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Location. Seventeen miles east of 
Chattanooga, Tenn., in the foothills of 
the Great Smoky Mountains. Approx- 
imately 100 miles north of Atlanta, 
Ga., 100 miles southwest of Knoxville, 
Tenn., 130 miles southeast of 
Nashville, Tenn., and 145 miles north- 
east of Birmingham, Ala. Interstates 
75, 24, and 59 provide easy access. 
Eastern, Delta, American, and Pied- 
mont airlines provide convenient air 
service to Lovell Field, less than 10 
miles from campus. 

Southern College conducts a nurs- 
ing education program at Florida Hos- 
pital Medical Center, Orlando, Fla. 

Environment. Unusually beautiful 
educational setting, with over a 
thousand acres of college property. 
Forested slopes of White Oalc Moun- 
tain and Bauxite Ridge provide scenic 
backdrop for carefully landscaped 
grounds. Abundant outdoor recrea- 
tional opportunities expanded by 
proximity to Tennessee River (15 
miles) and Great Smoky Mountains 
National Park (100 miles). 

Student Body. Residential campus, 
with 70% of student body in college 
housing. 19 88-1 989: 1,443 students 
and 1,169 FTE; 56% female; 84% 
White, 8% Black, 5% Hispanic, 3% 
Asian; from 46 states, 29 nations. 

Faculty. Teaching faculty with em- 
phasis on ability to communicate 
knowledge effectively, relate to stu- 
dents on a one-to-one basis, and model 
Christian ideals in a caring atmos- 



phere. Faculty head count, 125 and 87 
FTE. Within liberal arts departments, 
100% hold advanced degrees, 76% 
hold highest degree in field. 

Student/Faculty Ratio. 13 to 1. 

Financial Aid. A broad scholarship 
program, with work central to finan- 
cial assistance, fulfills Southern's 
commitment to provide educational 
opportunities for financially disadvan- 
taged young people. Unduplicated 
count of students receiving aid, 1,076 
(79%). Book value of scholarship en- 
dowment, $4.2 million, current cam- 
paign goal $10 million. 

Degrees and Majors. Forty baccalau- 
reate majors, 17 associate degree 
majors, 27 minors, and two one-year 
certificate programs. Pre-professional 
programs include dentistry, law, 
medicine, secondary teaching and 
others. 

Accreditation. Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools. SDA Board 
of Regents. Departments accredited as 
follows: A.S. and B.S. nursing by the 
National League for Nursing and the 
Tennessee Board of Nursing; B.S. in 
education by the Tennessee State 
Board of Education, member of the As- 
sociation of American Colleges, the 
American Council on Education, the 
American Association of Colleges for 
Teacher Education, the NationalCoun- 
cil of Accreditation for Teacher Educa- 
tion; the National Association for 
Schools of Music. 

Campus and Facilities. Twenty- 
seven major buildings on the Col- 
legedale campus, including nine class- 
room buildings with 58 classrooms/ 
laboratories and a recital hall, two resi- 
dence halls, a physical education 
center with swimming pool, and an 
administrative building. Campus 
church seats 1,850, and houses the 
Anton Heiller Memorial Organ (4,861 
pipes). Broom shop, supermarket and 
bakery, and The College Press provide 
student employment. 

Student Charges. $9,312 a year, in- 
cluding tuition, room and board, and 
estimated expenses. 



SC welcomes applications from students regardless of race, sex, religion, color, or 
national origin whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals and tradi- 
tions of the college as expressed in its objectives and policies. 



1989-1990 CATALOG 



Telephone: 

Collegedale (general number), (615) 238-2111 

Admissions information, 
Nationwide: (800) 624-0350 
Tennessee: Collect (615) 238-2844 

Orlando, (407) 897-1890 

Mailing Address: 

P.O. Box 370 

Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

Nursing Department 
711 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 



McKEE LIBRARY 
Southern CoWege of SM 
. TN 37315 



In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to 
be factually accurate. The publisher assumes no responsibility for edito- 
rial, clerical, or printing errors. The information presented is, at the 
time of printing, an accurate description of course offerings, policies, 
and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog, 
however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the 
college and the student. The college reserves the right to change any 
provision or requirement at any time, without prior notice. 



CONTENTS 

Southern Facts Inside Front Cover 

This Is Southern College 3 

Admissions, Academic Policies, Information, and Services 7 

Courses of Study 37 

Departments of Instruction 38-237 

Allied Health 38 

Art 45 

Behavioral Science 49 

Biology 55 

Business and Office Administration 63 

Chemistry 79 

Computer Science 84 

Consumer and Family Sciences 92 

Education and Psychology , 103 

Engineering Studies 133 

English and Speech 136 

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 142 

History 149 

Journalism 155 

Library Science 163 

Mathematics 164 

Modern Languages 170 

Music 174 

Nursing 187 

Physics 202 

Religion 208 

Technology 221 

Interdepartmental Programs 229 

General Studies 229 

Medical Science 229 

Non-degree Pre-professional Programs 230 

Student Life and Services 237 

Expenses and Financial Aid 243 

The Registry 265 

Board of Trustees 265 

College Administration 265 

Faculty Directory 268 

Index 279 

Academic Calendar Inside Back Cover 



fio/ 



THIS IS 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE 



Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co-educa- 
tional institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist Church* 
primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of the United 
States. Its purpose is to provide biblical, liberal arts, professional, pre- 
professional, vocational, adult studies, and special programs in a Chris- 
tian setting. 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church 
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity 
in the world. The following is a summary of this understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sus- 
tainer of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all 
knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with 
Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and 
social attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God 
in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His 
image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal personal fel- 
lowship with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed 
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's 
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. Education, 
consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. Southern 
College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and physical 
environment designed to encourage this development through the fol- 
lowing specific objectives. 

Spiritual 

Students are expected to acquire an understanding of the beliefs and 
value system of Christianity as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church. Religious instruction in the classroom, religious convocations, 
and a variety of opportunities for Christian fellowship and service pro- 
vide the context in which students are encouraged to make their own 
commitment to these ideals. 



This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists, which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, 
Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and 
Tennessee. 



This Is Southern College 

Intellectual 

£J The faculty constitute a fellowship of Christian scholars engaged in 

a lifelong pursuit of knowledge and wisdom. Academic activities are 
therefore designed to assist students in achieving intellectual and career 
goals and in acquiring skills for future learning. A liberal education 
curriculum is designed to develop critical thinking and expression, 
intellectual curiosity, aesthetic appreciation, and cultural awareness to 
help fit students for the realization of their immediate and long-range 
goals. 

Social 

Since social maturity is necessary for successful family and commu- 
nity living, Southern College endeavors to provide for the development 
of healthy interpersonal relations, communication skills, and decision- 
making abilities in an atmosphere marked by personal concern and 
acceptance. 

Physical 

The development of the whole person would be incomplete without 
attention to physical well-being. Principles of healthful living, includ- 
ing a balanced program of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recrea- 
tion, are promoted through instruction, work experience, and recrea- 
tional facilities. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College 
had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the small 
village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as Graysville 
Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern Industrial School 
and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of 
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton 
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the anticipated 
community. At its new location, the school opened as Southern Junior 
College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior col- 
lege status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary College. 
In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists. 

SETTING 

Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled 
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and 
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational 
philosophy. 

Nursing programs are also offered through the Orlando Center at 
Florida Hospital Medical Center. 



This Is Southern College 



ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of Col- 
leges and Schools and by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of Regents. 

Departments of the college are also accredited by various organiza- 
tions. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree programs 
in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by the Na- 
tional League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board of Review. 
The Division of Nursing is an agency member of the Department of 
Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the Division of Nursing 
Education of the National League for Nursing. It is also accredited by 
the Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized by the Florida State 
Board of Nursing. 

The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education 
for the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. The Bachelor 
of Science degree in Education is accredited by the Tennessee State 
Board of Education. Southern College is also a member of the Associa- 
tion of American Colleges, the American Council on Education, the 
Tennessee College Association, the American Association of Colleges 
for Teacher Education, the National Council of Accreditation for Teacher 
Education (NCATE), and the National Association for Schools of Music. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

The academic program consists of forty baccalaureate degree majors 
and twenty-seven minors. Students may pursue programs of study lead- 
ing to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business 
Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work degrees. 
Seventeen programs leading to an associate degree are also offered. 
Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available to students 
wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school. 

Secondary teaching certification is available in sixteen disciplines. 
One-year certificates are available in Auto Body Repair and Food Serv- 
ice. SC also cooperates with Loma Linda University in offering the 
M.Ed, and M.P.H. degree and with Andrews University in offering the 
M.S.N, degree. 

STUDENTS 

Nearly seventy percent of the students of Southern College come from 
the eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh- 
day Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign 
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men. 
See "Southern Facts" for more details. 

Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial, 
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, 



This Is Southern College 

business pursuits, government service, research activities, private and 
C institutional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic activities of the college 
on the Collegedale campus: 

Brock Hall — Art, Business and Office Administration, English and 
Speech, History, Journalism, Modern Languages, Instructional 
Media, and WSMC FM90.5 

Daniells Hall — Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science 

Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry 

Herin Hall — Nursing 

Ledford Hall — Technology 

McKee Library 

William lies Physical Education Center — Physical Education 

Religion Center (So-Ju-Conian Hall) — Religion 

Student Center— Computer Center, Student Health Service, Cafeteria, 
Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student 
activity rooms, K.R.'s Place 

Summerour Hall — Behavioral Sciences, Consumer and Family Sci- 
ences, Education and Psychology 

/. Mabel Wood Hall — Music 

Lynn Wood Hall — Alumni, Conference Rooms 

Wright Hall — Administration 

Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs: 

Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school 

Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 

Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the 

college and community 
Recreational Area — tennis courts, a track, playing fields 
Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school 
Student Apartments 
Student Park 

Talge Hall — men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall 
Trailer Park 
WSMC FM90. 5— radio station 

Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries 
and service departments. 



ADMISSIONS, 
ACADEMIC POLICIES, 
INFORMATION, 
AND SERVICES 



ADMISSIONS 

Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless of 
race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests 
are in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as expressed 
in its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is not a 
requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the 
policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist institu- 
tion. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three satis- 
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of 
the following three conditions by the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home 
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 
2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a minimum 
composite score of 15 on the American College Test (ACT). 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a com- 
posite score of 15 on the ACT, and be eighteen years old by June 1 
(prior to admission). Each applicant must have an official tran- 
script of his or her grades and credits sent to the Admissions 
Office from the high school most recently attended. 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen 
of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00 
in the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of 
15 on the ACT. 



'Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult departmental admissions requirements. 

2 Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign lan- 
guage. 



Admissions 



Southern College must have received a final high school transcript 
or GED scores and a transcript from the high school last attended from 

each new student before he or she will be admitted to registration. 

Acceptance on Academic Probation 

A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below 
the minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be 
accepted on academic probationary status. 

B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 
12 semester hours during the first semester. 

If both the high school GPA and the ACT composite score are below 
the minimum requirements (2.00 and 15 respectively), it will be neces- 
sary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours (in solid 
courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being accepted at 
Southern College. These six hours may be taken at Southern College 
during the summer (last session excluded) or at another accredited 
college. 

Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following 
minimum subjects in their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 15 in natural science. A 
college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in 
addition to general education requirements if this condition is not 
met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be 
taken as part of the general education requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. If 
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will 
be required. 

6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION 

Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen or 
as transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the Catalog 
for admission requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another accred- 
ited college or university must follow the same application procedure 
as other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward the require- 
ments for a degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a 
minimum of twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by examination 
taken at other colleges will be accepted according to Southern Col- 
lege standards (see page 31). A maximum of seventy-two semester 



Admissions 



hours may be accepted from a junior college. Background deficiencies 
revealed by transcripts and entrance examinations will be given indi- 
vidual attention. 

Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not 
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16 
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only 
those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses, and for 
which the student has earned a *"C" or better grade, will be accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because 
of poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that 
institution, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify 
for readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. 
Transfer students must submit both their college and high school trans- 
cripts to the Admissions Office before being admitted to registration. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission 
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or 
otherwise-qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer 
to another institution of higher learning, may register as special stu- 
dents. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student making application to Southern College 
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school 
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the institu- 
tions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not be 
accepted to Southern College until the college has received original 
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other 
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should 
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an in- 
terpretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official 
if possible. 

The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate 
academic documents received for international students based on the 
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets pub- 
lished by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admis- 
sions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, pub- 
lished by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certifi- 
cate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0" 
level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1 
through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural 
science, and three others selected from a second language, mathematics, 
science and social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 



Admissions 



admission. This may be done by taking the English Language Proficiency 
Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Students 
whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is below 550 will not be 
admitted. Students must reach the above stated score to be admitted to 
the college for the regular academic year. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses 
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information 
section of the Catalog.) 

International students should realize that according to U.S. Immigra- 
tion laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more than 20 
hours per week and may not be employed except on the college campus. 

It is important that international students not leave their homeland 
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College. 
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials 
are satisfactory, surety advance deposit has been made, and he is able 
to demonstrate his ability to finance his education at Southern College. 
Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued. 

When the student departs his homeland, he should have in his pos- 
session: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College; 

2. 1-20 form; 

3. A valid passport; 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States; 

5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition 
to the international surety deposit required of all non-US. citi- 
zens). 

APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

^ Prospective students should request application forms from the 
Office of Admissions. 

^ Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should 
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee 
of $15. 

^ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools 
(high school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of 
Admissions in support of the application. These will become the 
property of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED 
DIRECTLY FROM AN APPLICANT. 

^ To permit a more effective program of counseling for admission, 
students transferring from another college or university with fewer 
than 55 semester hours and other students who have no college 
composition and/or mathematics courses will be required to take 
the ACT (American College Test) prior to registration at Southern 
College. 



Academic Policies 

► Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of 

credits, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Com- H T 
mittee will notify the applicant of the action taken. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications not later than the last 
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the 
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to suggest 
ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the diffi- 
culty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtaining 
necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time will 
be necessary for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit re-applications without charge 
until April 30. Thereafter the regular application fee of $15 will be 
required. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 

PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning for college, students should consider in detail the 
course of study which will lead to their desired profession or occupa- 
tion. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made 
before entering college, students may take a general program of study 
exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This 
approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Arts, Associate of Science 
and Associate of Technology degrees, various pre-professional curricula, 
and one-year occupational certificate programs. 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint them- 
selves with the programs of study and graduation requirements outlined 
in this Catalog. Freshman students may consult faculty members dur- 
ing the summer months before the beginning of the fall term. Students 
planning to teach should consult the Department of Education and 
Psychology so as to include courses in teacher education as a part of 
their program in order to qualify for denominational and state certifica- 
tion. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree require- 
ments. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any one catalog 
in effect during the period of residency. If students discontinue for a 
period of twelve months or more, they must qualify according to a 
single catalog in force subsequent to their return. 



Academic Policies 



12 



GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 
follows: 

^ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 8). 

^ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the 
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must take 130 semester 
hours and those earning the Bachelor of Music degree will need 
132 semester hours. 

^ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at 
least 14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree and 
at least 18 upper division hours in the major for all other degrees. 

^ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A. 
degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion of the general 
education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total credit 
requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower 
than a "C- " will not be applied on a major or minor. 

^ More than one major may be earned provided all courses required 
for each major and its cognates are completed. Some courses may 
apply to both majors, but a minimum of 20 hours in the second 
major must not overlap with those in the first major. 

A major and minor, with different names, may be earned in the 
same department provided all requirements for both are met. Some 
courses may apply to both, but a minimum of 14 hours in the 
minor must not overlap with those in the major. 

Two emphases of the same major may be earned provided that 
all requirements for both are met and that 14 hours above the 
number ordinarily required for the major are earned. 

^ Completion of an examination as required by the department. 

^ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete, 
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours, 
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major. 

^ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out in 
the "General Education Requirements" section of this Catalog. 



*For educationahcertification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 
must be met both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary 
education, a GPA of 2.50 is required in the major and in required non-major 
subjects. The music major requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and 
other music courses. The nursing major requires a GPA of 2.25 in cognate 
courses as well as in the major. The meaical technology major requires 
minimum grades of C- and a minimum average of 2,25 in the major and 
cognates. 



Academic Policies 



GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

^ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors need 69 
semester hours. 

^ Completion of a major, the general education requirements, and 
electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. 
Courses completed with grades lower than "C — " may not be 
applied on a major. 

^ Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish 
to obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of 
the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. The work com- 
pleted for the second degree must include at least 24 hours in 
residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first 
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the 
first associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will 
be governed by the provisions of the Catalog in effect at the time 
the student re-enters the college for work toward the second degree. 

^ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they 
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in 
different fields. If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate 
degree in the same field are completed at the same time, only the 
higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

^ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements 
of a specific one-year program. 

^ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 {C} or above. 
Grades in the technical area below "C-" will not be accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

^ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be 
upper division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94- semester hours 

Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and 
a good citizenship record. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student may become a degree candidate when 
he or she enters upon the school term during which it will be possible 



Academic Policies 



to complete all requirements for graduation. Formal application for 
4 A graduation must be made during the fall registration of the senior year. 

Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year, (b) 
the last day of the semester for those finishing first semester, and (c) 
for others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements 
are met. A commencement service occurs at the end of the second 
semester of each school year. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts 
of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Office 
of Records. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to partici- 
pate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the 
courses they need for graduation or if they submit an approved plan 
for completing their courses the following summer. A $100 fee is charged 
to students who are listed on the May graduation program as prospective 
summer graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree requirements 
are completed by August 31. See the Director of Records for outline of 
criteria. 

Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate 
under the requirements of the Catalog of the year in which they enter 
the college, or of any subsequent year in which they are in attendance, 
provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve months or more. 
Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree and fail to graduate 
within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree), must plan 
to conform to the current Catalog. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty semester hours of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the bac- 
calaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with 
eight upper division in the major and three upper division in the minor 
fields. 

Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the as- 
sociate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of study. 

Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year 
certificate. 

Transfer Credit: Unless prior arrangements were made with the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, the college will not accept trans- 
fer credit earned at another college or university during any session the 
student was simultaneously enrolled at Southern College, 



Academic Policies 



UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course 
(upper division). The English composition and mathematics require- 
ments in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General Education must 
be met before enrollment in upper division classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

While recognizing the validity of many different general education 
programs, the faculty of Southern College have designed the following 
sequence that provides development of academic skills and oppor- 
tunities for self-fulfillment, and conveys basic values of both the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church and western civilization. Students may 
exercise considerable latitude when selecting courses to comply with 
General Education requirements. A comprehensive general education 
test may be required of all students. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 
AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

All Area A courses must be completed be- 
fore upper division work is undertaken. 
Upper division transfer students may take 
Area A requirements concurrently with 
upper division classes. 

1. English 3-6 6-9 
ENGL 101 is required for an associate 

degree; ENGL 101 and 102 for a 
bachelor's degree. Students with ACT 
English score below 13 must take ENGL 
099 before enrolling for ENGL 101. 

2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3 
Students with a Math ACT score below 

22 must take one of the following: MATH 
103, 104, 114, 215. MATH 099 is required 
of all students with a Math ACT score 
below 12. 

3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree 
must complete three writing-emphasis 
classes. These classes are identified by 
a "(W)" following the course name, e.g., 
History of the South (W), in the de- 
partmental listings. One such class must 
be in the student's major field and one 
must be outside the major field. 



Academic Policies 



16 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 



AREA B. RELIGION 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each 
year or part thereof in attendance at an SDA 
college with a minimum of 6 hours. 
Bachelor's degree students must take at least 
three hours from each of the sub-areas and 
include one upper-division class. 
1 Biblical Studies 

All RELB courses. 
2. Religion 

All RELT courses (Only one of RELT 317, 

318, 424, will apply.}. 

AREA C HISTORY, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC 

SYSTEMS 

Students with less than one secondary 
school credit for World History must in- 
clude one of the following: HIST 174, 175, 
364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389. 

1. History 

All HIST courses. 

2. Political and Economic Systems 

All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elemen- 
tary education majors only); GEOG 306, 
ECON 213, 224, 225. 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, FINE ARTS 

Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas (2 sub- 
areas if required to take 6 hours of foreign 
language). Students entering Southern Col- 
lege who have less than two secondary 
school credits of foreign language and who 
are pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must 
complete the elementary level of a foreign 
language. 

1. Foreign Language 

FREN 101-102, 211-212; GRMN 101-102, 
211-212; SPAN 101-102, 211-212; RELL 
271-272, 311-312, 471-472. 

2. Literature 

All literature courses offered by the Eng- 
lish Department. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 215, 320, 321, 
322, 323; ART 218, 318, 344, 345. 



6 



12 



6 
3 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 



4. Speech 

SPCH 135, 136, 236. 



17 



AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 

Bachelor's degree students must take at least 
3 hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only one 
of the following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 
317, 318. Students who have less than two 
secondary school units in science, and a 
Natural Science ACT standard composite 
score less than 15, must take 3 hours of sci- 
ence above the usual requirements; e.g. as- 
sociate degree students must take 6 hours 
and bachelor's degree students must take 9 
hours. Southern Scholars must take a se- 
quence of two classes from the same depart- 
ment. See the "Honors Studies Sequence" 
section of the Catalog for clarification. 

1. Biology 

BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 125, 151-152, 226, 
314, 424. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 111-112, 113-114, 151-152. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 111-112, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 
318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105, 106. 

AREA F. BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, HEALTH 
SCIENCES 
Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas. 

1. Behavioral Science 

All PSYC courses except 240, 326, 355, 
356, 384; all SOCI courses except 223, 
365; SOCW 211, 212, 375, 424; EDUC 217, 
427. 

2. Family Science 

CFSC 146, 147, 201, 202; CLTX 313; 
BUAD 128, SOCI 223, 233, 365; PSYC 
233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125. 

AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 

Associate degree students may take a 



3-6 



6-9 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach, 
maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; 
bachelor's degree students may take a 
maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. All 
students must take at least 1 hour from G~3. 

1. Creative Skills 

All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 109, 
110, 215, 235; CFSC 349; ENGL 314; 
FONT 151; JOUR 225, 315. 

2. Practical Skills 

ACCT 103, 121-122; CFSC 244; CPTR 105, 
106, 107, 120, 126, 131, 132, 217, 218; 
CLTX 164, 165, 166, 316, 345; FDNT 126, 
127, 317; TECH 145, 149, 154, 164, 174, 
223, 249, 264, 349, 364; SECR 104, 105, 
114, 115, 214, 218; LIBR 125; EDUC 250. 

3. Recreational Skills 

All PEAC courses. Optional pass/fail 
grading is available for these courses. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program) 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their bac- 
calaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity. 
Special projects, interdisciplinary studies and designated honors 
courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating educa- 
tional experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in this 
experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate 
studies. 

The program is administered by an honors committee. This committee 
admits students to the program and discontinues honors status of those 
who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also 
advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their prog- 
ress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 
3.70 or higher. Other students must have completed at least thirty-one 
and at most sixty-two semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 
or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a 
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each 
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence 
courses, receive a B (3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence 
courses and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors 
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless ex- 
tenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors committee. 



Academic Policies 



Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in resi- 
dence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in 
the case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern 
College who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution 
must secure prior approval from the honors committee. 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars 
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each 
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with their junior 
year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a three-hour 
class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover Honors 
Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per-hour" rate for a 16-semester hour 
class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships. 

HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 

1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: RELT 
424 or RELT 467. 

2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5. Area E. MATH 181, MATH 215, or BUAD 313 and one of the 
following science sequences must be selected: BIOL 151-152; 
CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each 
month, September through April. Taken during the junior or senior 
year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 

A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an understand- 
ing of the relationship between the student's major field and some 
other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special perform- 
ance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors committee 
expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to justify public 
presentation. The project must be approved by the honors committee 
in consultation with the student and his supervising professor. 

GRADUATION WITH HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will 
have the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, 
magna cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate desig- 
nations will appear on the diploma. Students completing the honors 



Academic Policies 



20 



program will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated as 
Southern Scholars. 

HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who 
have carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained 
the following grade point averages will be included in the honors group 
indicated. 

3.25 Honor Roll 

3.50 Dean's List 

3.75 Distinguished Dean's List 

MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Southern College offers 40 majors and 27 minors for students wishing 
to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty hours 
or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a minimum of 
fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all other 
Bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester 
hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of 
Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social 
Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen. 

All minors consist of eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a minor 
must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the 
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study." 

DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work 
that places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal 
arts education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is required. 
A foreign language component is required. 

The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course work 
that places the student's major field of study in the context of a liberal 
arts education. The degree permits somewhat greater concentration in 
the field of study. No minor or foreign language study is required except 
as specified for certain majors. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a professional 
degree consisting of a four-year program with concentrations available 
in various fields of business. Requirements for this degree are outlined 
in the Business and Office Administration Department section. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting of 
four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students wishing 
to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree are outlined 
in the Music Department section. 



Academic Policies 



The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree consisting 
of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of students 
wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements for this 
degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department section. 

The Associate of Arts degree is a two-year program designed to meet 
the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies pro- 
gram. 

The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed to 
meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational 
or pre-professional program. 

The Associate of Technology degree is a two-year program designed 
to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a technological 
program with a minimum of general education. Requirements for this 
degree are outlined in the Technology section. 

The One-Year Certificate is available for students desiring training 
in Auto Body Repair. Requirements for the certificate are outlined in 
the Technology Department section. 

Pre-Professional Curricula are programs designed to prepare students 
to enter professional schools. In some cases pre-professional curricula 
will lead to an associate degree. 



21 



CURRICULUM CHART 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Minor 


Allied 


BS 


Medical Technology 




Health 


AS 


Pre-Dental Hygiene 






AS 


Pre-Occupational Th 






AS 


Pre-Physical Therapy 




Art 






Art 


Behavioral 


BS 


Beh Sci-Family Studies 


Behav Sci 


Science 


BSW 


Social Work 


Sociology 


Biology 


BA 


*Biology 


Biology 




BS 


* Biology 




Business 


BBA 


Accounting 




& Office 


AS 


Accounting 




Admin. 


BS 


Business Admin 


Business Admin 




BBA 


Computer Info Systems 






BS 


Long-Term Health Care 






BBA 


Management 






BS 


*Office Admin 


Office Admin 




AS 


Office Adm-Executive 






AS 


Office Adm-Medical 






AS 


Office Adm-Word Proc 






AS 


Pre-Health Info Admin 




Chemistry 


BA 


* Chemistry 


Chemistry 




BS 


*Chemistry 





Academic Policies 



22 



Department 

Computer 
Science 



Education & 
Psychology 



Engineering 
Studies 

English 

General 
Studies 

Health, PE, 
& Recreation 

History 

Journalism 



Mathematics 

Modern 
Languages 



Music 
Nursing 
Physics 
Religion 

Technology 



Degree 

BBA 
BA 
BS 
AS 

BS 

BA 
AS 

BA 
AA 

BS 

BS 

BA 

BA 
BA 
BA 

BA 

BS 

BA 
BA 
BA 
BA 

BA 

BMus 

AS 
BS 

BA 

BS 

BA 
BA 

AS 
AS 
Cert 



Major 

Computer Info Systems 
Computer Science 
Computer Science 
Computer Science 

Elementary Education 
(Secondary teaching — 
See asterisked majors) 
Psychology 

Engineering Studies 

*English 
General Studies 

*Health, P.E. & Recr 
Health Science 

*History 

Journ-Broadcasting 
Journ-News Editorial 
Public Relations 

* Mathematics 

* Mathematics 

(1-year abroad req.) 

* French 

* German 

* Spanish 
International Studies 

Music 
*Music Education 

Nursing 
Nursing 

*Physics 

* Physics 

Religion-Church Ministry 
*Religion Teaching Min 



Minor 

Computer Sci 

Psychology 
English 

Hlth, PE, Recr 

History 

Broadcasting 

News Editorial 
Public Relations 

Mathematics 



French 

German 

Spanish 

Music 



Physics 

Practical Theology 
Religion 
Biblical Langs 



Tech/Architectural Studies 

Tech/Computer Applica 

Auto Body Repair Technology 

Graphic Arts Prep 

Technical Plant Services 

Cert = One-year certificate program 
* Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs 
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission 



Academic Policies 

to professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. Below are 
listed the pre-professional curricula offered at Southern College. 

Anesthesia Optometry 

Dental Hygiene Osteopathic Medicine 

Dentistry Pharmacy 

Dietetics Physical Therapy 

Law Public Health Science 

Medical Technology Radiology Technology 

Medicine Respiratory Therapy 

Occupational Therapy Veterinary Medicine 

An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who spend 
two or more years at Southern College while fulfilling pre-professional 
requirements in the allied health fields of Dental Hygiene, Dietetics, 
Health Information Administration, Occupational Therapy, and Physi- 
cal Therapy. Pre-professional and technical admission requirements 
may vary from one professional school to another. The student is, there- 
fore, advised to become acquainted with the admission requirements 
of the chosen school. 

Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are 
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Pro- 
grams" (See Index). 

REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is 
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration forms 
are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to partici- 
pate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from 
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled 
registration periods will be assessed a late registration fee of $29. The 
course load of a late registrant may be reduced according to the amount 
of classwork missed. No student may register after two weeks of the 
semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration students 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet 
their objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be 
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes students must obtain the appropriate 
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining 
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, they must 
return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and complete 
withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the voucher 



Academic Policies 



24 



is filed at the Office of Records. A fee of $12 will be assessed for each 
change in program after the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one section to another of the same 
course without the approval of the instructor. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid-term 
and receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing from 
a class after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of classes 
will be assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for 
any withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester will automat- 
ically be "F. M 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students may 
register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) for 
which they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of 
limited enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish 
to enroll for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is ex- 
pected but examinations and reports may be omitted. With the approval 
of the instructor, a student may change a course registration from audit 
to credit or from credit to audit only during the first week of instruction. 
No credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the 
regular tuition charge. 



COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour 
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. 
Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and three- 
semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory period of 
two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. Students 
should expect to study between one and one-half and two hours outside 
of class for each fifty-minute period the class meets. Ideally a sixteen- 
semester-hour class load should require forty or more hours of study 
each week by the student. Except by permission of the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, a student may not register for more than 
eighteen semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer 
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take re- 
duced programs of studies during the regular academic year. 

Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the course 
load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During registra- 
tion the student should confer with his adviser in planning the proper 
balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable study-work 
program, the following will serve as a guide. 



Academic Policies 



Maximum 
Course Load Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 



FULL-TIME STUDENT 

Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students in 
the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses 
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will 
be classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more 
semester hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. 
Students receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance 
Office for the definitions of a full-time student set up by the various 
agencies which offer aid. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student 
and parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. 
Only semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. 

The following system of grading and grade point values is used: 
A 4.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour 
A- 3.7 grade points per hour D- 0.7 grade points per hour 
B + 3.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour 
B 3.0 grade points per hour W Withdrawal 
B- 2.7 grade points per hour WF Withdrew Failing 
C+ 2.3 grade points per hour (0,0 grade points per hour) 

C 2.0 grade points per hour AU Audit 
C- 1.7 grade points per hour I Incomplete 
D+ 1.3 grade points per hour P Pass 

A student may receive an "I" (incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must 
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the application 
with the teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge of $7 for 
processing grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which is not removed 
by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, Summer) will automat- 
ically become an "F." 

A course in which the student received a grade of "C," "D," or "F" 
may be repeated before taking a more advanced course in the same 
field. Only the last grade will be counted on repeated courses. No course 
may be repeated more than once without permission from the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, 



Academic Policies 



The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number 
of grade points earned by the hours attempted. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the 
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations 
of the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only 
directory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone 
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in offi- 
cially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and 
awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or 
institution attended, may be released by the institution without consent 
of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold such infor- 
mation. 

Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are 
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also 
provides for the release of information to College personnel who dem- 
onstrate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in 
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), 
and certain federal and state government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge 
the content of records. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the 
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and 
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, par- 
ents, or interested parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to main- 
tain high, ethical Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 

2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they 
state otherwise. 

Student Responsibility: 

1. Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning 
the proper procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, informa- 
tion, or ideas. Otherwise students might innocently misrepresent others' 
material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should 
confer with their teacher. 



Academic Policies 



3. Students are to assume all course work is "no collaboration" unless 
stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Departmental Policies: 

Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have 
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those pub- 
lished here. Such policies will be presented to students before im- 
plementation. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such 
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student 
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situ- 
ation, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice President 
for Academic Administration must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual proce- 
dures for the teacher to follow will be to: 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project 
if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class. 

b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam, 
assignment or project would constitute failing the class. 

The teacher will then write up the incident and state the penalty 
administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President for Academic 
Administration and the student. 

3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to 
be dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the 
action through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the 
"Grievance Procedure" section of this Catalog. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative grade 
point average falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic 
probation and restricted from holding office in any student organization 
or being a member of any touring group. Those on academic probation 
will not be allowed to participate in academic activities causing class 
absences. 

Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25 
in his major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates for 
an associate of science degree must have a grade point average of at 
least 1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 
after attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year 
certificate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second 
semester of enrollment. No more than one additional semester of enroll- 
ment will be permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not then 
reached, the student will be dismissed. 



Academic Policies 



Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 in 
28 or der to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College. 

A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern 
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels indi- 
cated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee, 
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the 
student in writing of the committee's decision. 

Semester Hours Attempted G.P.AJSubject to Dismissal 

6-48 1.50 

49-64 1.65 

65-80 1.75 

81-93 1.85 

94-116 1.95 

117-up 2.00 

A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two 
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have 
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college- 
level work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity 
and motivation. 

Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic progress 
policy set by the federal government. For further explanation see page 
256, "Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and Institutional 
Student Financial Aid." 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the Catalog may 
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for 
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of 
the department chairman of their major. The petition must contain a 
statement of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be 
notified in writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration 
of the action on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are 
available from the the Records Office. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their aca- 
demic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of their 
cases. They should do the following to effect a solution. 

1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2 . If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chairman. 

3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the 
Vice President for Academic Administration. 



Academic Policies 



4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, 
chaired by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his desig- 
nee and including three other faculty members and two students 
selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. Both the student and the 
teacher involved in the case are entitled to appear before the committee 
or to present a written statement of the case. The decision of the com- 
mittee shall be presented in writing to the individuals involved within 
three days of the committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon 
by both parties. The decision of the committee is binding and will be 
implemented by the teacher involved or the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is required. 
Absences are dealt with in two ways. Teachers may excuse absences 
themselves or ask their students to submit excuses to the Absence Com- 
mittee. Students are told at the beginning of each semester which of 
the two means will be used in the class. 

Generally speaking, absences will not be excused by either a teacher 
or the Absence Committee for reasons other than illness, authorized 
school trips, or emergencies beyond the student's control. Absences 
due to illness are not normally excused unless the student contacts 
Student Health Service prior to the absence. Non-emergency medical 
appointments must not interfere with the class program. Students are 
responsible to furnish documentation for absenses due to emergency. 

For classes in which the Absence Committee is used, a completed 
absence excuse form (one for each class) must be placed in the absence 
box, located in the Student Center, no later than noon the first Monday 
following the absence. Absence forms are available at the Student Cen- 
ter. The Absence Committee determines whether or not to excuse the 
absence and notifies the teacher of its decision. 

Students having absences exceeding in number* twice the number 
of course credit hours (six absences for a three-hour credit course) may, 
at the teacher's discretion and after consultation with the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, be dropped from the class. 

Make-up work is not normally allowed in the case of homework or 
quizzes missed due to absences. Teachers have the option of recording 
homework and quiz averages if the absence is excused. Tests and major 
assignments missed because of excused absences are made up as ar- 
ranged with the teacher. 

Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and fair- 
ness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official exami- 
nations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health Serv- 



* One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute class, two for 
missing a 100-minute class, etc. 



Academic Policies 

ice or a physician, death in the immediate family, three examinations 
scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more examinations sched- 
uled in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval by 
the teacher and the Vice President for Academic Administration. The 
rescheduled examination will be given at a time convenient to the 
teacher. 

When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled con- 
secutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the 
day will normally be the one so rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled 
for any reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $59 
per examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form 
available at the office of the Vice President for Academic Administra- 
tion. 

Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During 
weeks of spiritual emphasis assemblies are held on Tuesday as well. 
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at 
10:30 a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 assemblies 
each semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement can result in 
suspension of registration. Exceptions to the assembly attendance re- 
quirement are made by the student services office only for legitimate 
direct work or class conflicts with scheduled assemblies. Any excuses 
for absences from assembly must be approved by the vice president for 
student services. 

A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the 
fourth summer session. 

LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE 

Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. Infor- 
mation disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning is the 
primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not expect 
to enter such gatherings freely To attend classes visitors must be official 
guests of the institution with legitimate business in a classroom or have 
the permission of the instructor. 

Visitors who attend classes do not exercise the right to engage in the 
discussions of a class unless invited to do so. Classes are gatherings at 
which college employees organize learning experiences about prear- 
ranged topics as listed in the catalog rather than public forums. Regis- 
trants who pay tuition can expect their class rights to be protected from 
the intrusion of anyone who has not similarly paid for the course. 

Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate 
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the 
class by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom. 

Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on the 
Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy. 



Academic Policies 



WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chairman and the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricular 
requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive examina- 
tion — written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined by the 
department involved. A fee of $45 per examination is charged. 

NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, South- 
ern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge exami- 
nations and correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting 
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral 
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, 
most college credits should be earned through class participation. How- 
ever, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit 
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types of 
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a division 
which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations which must be 
passed at the 65th percentile or above, and the Advanced Placement 
Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or better. A 
student may challenge a given course by examination only once. No 
CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted after the student has been 
enrolled in that course beyond the second week of a semester. No course 
may be challenged as part of the last thirty hours of any degree. Grades 
are recorded for departmental challenge examinations and scaled scores 
are recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a 
challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from both 
the department chairman and the Vice President for Academic Admin- 
istration. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed 
on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until 
that student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in resi- 
dence at Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this Catalog. 

Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be 
obtained from the Office of Records or the Counseling and Testing 
Center. 

Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspond- 



Academic Policies 



32 



ence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree pro- 
gram and eight hours toward an associate degree. 

Home Study International of Washington, D.C., is the officially recog- 
nized correspondence school. Southern College recommends Home 
Study International for those students needing correspondence credit 
and accepts all such credits when the study program is approved by 
the college prior to enrollment. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college. 
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during 
the summer, must be approved in advance by the college. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require- 
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned 
to apply on the lower division requirements for a major. Correspondence 
credit with a "D" grade is unacceptable and a course in which the 
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be 
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered 
on the student's record until he has earned a minimum of twelve hours 
in residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must 
be in the Office of Records before a diploma will be ordered. The gradu- 
ation date will be the last day of the month after the official transcript 
is received. 



TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained 
by the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The 
request must include the student's signature and payment of $3.00 in 
cash, check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Same-day serv- 
ice is available for $5.00. Because of legal difficulties, telephone requests 
from students and telephone or written requests from other members 
of the student's family cannot be honored. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes 
without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. Official 
transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student Copy." 
No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid in 
full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions 
will be made. 



SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is prerequisite 
to a course for which he has already received credit. 



Academic Enrichment Services 
ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT SERVICES 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business 
curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A. An- 
derson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the student a 
broader understanding of the business world. 

The public is invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, 
for a fee, continuing education credit is available. All lectures are pre- 
sented at 8 p.m. in the E. A. Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock 
Hall, Room 338. 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to 
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are 
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected 
performances are broadcast internationally on "Pipe Dreams." 

The series is made possible through the generosity of Eugene A. 
Anderson of Atlanta, Ga., for the education and enjoyment of the stu- 
dents and the public. Because of its uniqueness, this series attracts 
organists and other fine arts enthusiasts from all areas of the country. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was 
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 
13 stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John 
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Ore. 

FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field on 
campus to address the professional community. 

Southern College believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process 
and is committed to providing professional nurses with continuing 
education opportunities, as well as exposing student nurses to the im- 
portance of self-initiated education. 

This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is 
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson. 

STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES 

The Thomas F. Staley Foundation provides the Department of Religion 
with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This individual 
is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk session 
during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest lecturer at 
several religion classes. 



33 



Academic Enrichment Services 



ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES 

lj£| The Robert H. Pierson Lecture Series brings to the department of 

Religion recognized speakers to address faculty, students, and the com- 
munity on topics of interest in the religious world and in the Seventh- 
day Adventist Church. 

The individual speaks at a Friday evening and Sabbath morning serv- 
ice in the Religion Chapel, and holds a discussion session Sabbath 
afternoon. 

CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the 
Sunday evening Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three 
artists and/or ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for 
students, faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fash- 
ion that over a four-year period a student can become acquainted with 
most types of chamber music. 

HUMANITIES FILM SERIES 

Christian education involves the teaching of discretion in society: 
how to appreciate human culture while being critical of its content and 
direction. These films series, sponsored by Student Services and the 
History Department, seek to provide films of a serious, mature, informa- 
tive, educational, and entertaining nature. They are intended to augment 
the educational experience of students at the college level. 

The films in these series have been chosen for their societal impact, 
historical importance, inspirational depth, classical significance, and 
informative value. Critical notes are provided to strengthen the student's 
awareness of certain elements in the films. 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

The Instructional Media Service serves the college administration, 
faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff includes a director, secre- 
tary, and service technician. 

LIBRARIES 

McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational mate- 
rials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, pleasant 
areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large microform collec- 
tion contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special collections in the 
library include the Curriculum Library, a collection of elementary and 
secondary education materials; Seventh-day Adventist Heritage Collec- 
tion, books and materials by SDA authors and about the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church, pictures, periodicals, archive material; the Dr. Vernon 
Thomas Memorial Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection, books, 
letters, manuscripts, newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, maps, 
and artifacts of this period in American History. 



Academic Enrichment Services 



The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is well- 
known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing material 
resource center 

The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately 
180,000 items. Approximately 1,000 periodicals are currently received 
which include a large number of titles kept permanently on microform. 
McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog. The library is 
a member of Ohio College Library Center and charter member of the 
Southeastern Library Network automated systems. 

The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400, 
including 300 individual study carrels. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern College is affiliated with Walla Walla College in the opera- 
tion of a marine biological station, located at Rosario Beach on Fidalgo 
Island in the Puget Sound of the state of Washington. The station pro- 
vides facilities for undergraduate and graduate students to take courses 
and do research during the summer term and for year-round research. 
The close proximity to the biological spectrum from sea bottom to Alpine 
tundra provides a unique opportunity for instruction and investigation. 

WSMC FM90.5 

WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio 
station licensed to Southern College. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. 
The station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air announ- 
cers, or production assistants. The station is an excellent way for the 
student to receive hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting. 

WSMC represents the college to the greater Chattanooga community, 
with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of Chattanooga. 
Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts station in 
southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station in a seven- 
state region to receive satellite capability. The station also exists as an 
outreach of the college — striving to enhance the quality of life in the 
community. 

The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educa- 
tional, and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with National 
Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press, and the 
Adventist Radio Network. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility 
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, 
and on-air studios. 



DEPARTMENTAL 
COURSES OF STUDY 



COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 

— remedial (institutional credit only) 

1 — freshman level (lower division) 

2 — sophomore level (lower division) 

3 — junior level (upper division) 

4 — senior level (upper division) 

Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course 
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not necessar- 
ily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma rep- 
resent complete units, either one of which may be counted for gradua- 
tion without reference to sequence. 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in 
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second. However, 
credit may be given for the first semester when taken alone. 

Designation in brackets following course titles, e.g., Survey Mathe- 
matics (A-2) indicates the General Education area and sub-area that the 
class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are writing classes for 
General Education credit. 



37 



Allied Health 



38 



-ALLIED HEALTH 



Chairman: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: Henry Kuhlman, Marcie Woolsey 

Adjunct Faculty: John Lechler 

Medical Technology: Jack Blume, Rodney Holcomb, 
Patricia Rogers 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa- 
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay 
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The depart- 
ment offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and an A.S. degree in 
Allied Health {Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-Phys- 
ical Therapy). 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology 
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 
12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology 
program accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association, Hospital 
programs affiliated with Southern College include Florida Hospital 
Medical Center and Hinsdale Hospital. Internship in other CAHEA- 
accredited programs requires prior college approval. 

The medical technology degree qualifies a person to take a number 
of national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board 
of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and 
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences 
(NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in hospitals, clinics, 
physicians' offices, public health agencies, private laboratories, phar- 
maceutical firms, and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet 
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have 
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or ad- 
visers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and graduat- 
ing seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Med- 
ical Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to fulfill 
the requirements of the college and the hospital program. 

During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must 
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the 
senior year. The over-all grade point average must be acceptable to the 



Allied Health 

college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students 
with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although *jQ 
hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are condi- 
tional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria. 

Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based med- 
ical technology programs is available through the college medical 
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance 
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, tui- 
tion for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each affiliated 
hospital. There is a $50 recording fee for the senior year. 

tMAJOR 2 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with 
the profession. The history and standards of medical technology and em- 
ployment opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory 
procedures will be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

tCOGNATES 41 

*BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330 16 

*CHEM including 151-152, 311, 313 16 

CPTR 120 or 131 3 

MATH 114 3 

BUAD 334 3 

* These must be courses which could apply to a Biology or Chemistry major. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

A. 1. ENGL 101, 102 6 

2. (See Cognates) 

B. Religion 9 

C. History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

D. Language, Literature and Fine Arts 6 

E. (See Cognates) 

F. Behavioral, Family or Health Sciences 3 

G. Activity Skills 5 

Twenty hours of upper division, including two writing courses are 

required — one (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a non- 
cognate area. 

ELECTIVES 15 

Recommendations include: 
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 
CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323 
MATH 215 
PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214 

TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93 

tGrades of C— and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum 
GPA of 2.25 must be earned on the major and cognates. 



Allied Health 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

fin Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their 

specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given 

in the twelve- to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in 

affiliate programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematol- 
ogy, Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Mi- 
crobiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Bio- 
chemistry, Instrumentation, Research. 



CHEM 151-152 
ENGL 101-102 
HIST 174,175 
MATH 114 
RELB 125 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



YEARl 

General Chemistry 
College Composition 
Survey of Civ 
Precalculus 
Teachings of Jesus 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Elective *1 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



4 4 

3 3 
3 3 
3 
3 

1 

JL JL 

15 16 



CHEM 311 
CHEM 313 

BIOL 151-152 
BIOL 330 
RELT 138 
PSYC 124 
MDTC 225 



YEAR 2 

Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 
*Chemistry *2 
* General Biology 
*Gen Microbiology 
Adyentist Heritage 
Intro to Psychology 
Intro to Med Tech 
Literature *4 
Area G, Act Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
1 

4 
4 4 

4 
3 

3 
2 
3 

_L 

16 16 



YEAR 3 

BIOL 315 "Parasitology 
BUAD 334 *Princ of Management 
CPTR 131 *Funds. of Programming I 
•Biology *3 
Area B, Religion *4 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 
Electives *5 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
3 
3 

3 3 
3 
3 
6 



_3_ 

15 



YEAR 4 

Clinical \ 



15 



*An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement. 

*t Pre-Meds recommended to take Calculus I. 

*2 Recommended Chemistry courses: (CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 3Z3) 

*3 Recommended Biology courses: (BIOL 316, 415, 417) 

*4 This is a suggested place for taking an upper division course. 

*5 Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214) 

20 upper division credits* make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours must be com- 
pleted prior to the clinical year. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares 
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda Uni- 
versity or Andrews University. Admission to any professional school 
is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements of the 
individual school. Students desirous of admission to other professional 






Allied Health 



programs should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the re- 
quirements. An 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied 
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the final 
year at Southern College. LLU requires students who have credit for 
any remedial courses or for MATH 104, Intermediate Algebra, to take 
a corresponding number of semester credits above the minimum number 
required for graduation. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be 
transferred is C-. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required 
for the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but grade point 
averages between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for entrance 
to the junior year of Allied Health programs. All applicants are required 
to have taken the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test. (AHPAT). 

There are three major emphases in the Allied Health Professions 
degree: pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical 
Therapy. 

The department also offers curricula to meet requirements for entrance 
into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma Linda Univer- 
sity and most other university programs. 

Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Arts Degree) 

Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Arts Degree) 

Radiologic Technology (Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science 
Degrees) 

Respiratory Therapy (Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science 
Degrees) 

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (Bachelor of Science 
Degree) 
For details on these programs and Southern College curricula for en- 
trance into them write: 

Chairman, Allied Health Department 
Southern College of SDA 
Collegedale, TN 37315 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University.) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s. 

Math) 
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs. 
Area C HIST, 3 hrs. 

Area D For Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.; SPCH, 3 hrs. 
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125, CHEM 111-112, 113-114. 
Area F PSYC 124; SOCI 125; 3 additional hrs. PSYC, SOCI, HIST, or 

ECON. 
Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; Music or Art, 2 hrs. 
Elective to make a total of 64 hrs. 



Allied Health 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

(Allied Health Professions) 





YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL KH-W2 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiolo© 


3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 193 


Survey of Math 


0-3 




BIOL 


125 


Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 






Area B, Religion 


3 3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 








Area D, For Ung/Lit/F. Arts 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 




3 






Area G-l, Music or Art 


' 1 1 




Area D-f Speech 


3 








Psychology, Sociology, 






Area G-3, RE. Activity 


1 








History or Economics 


3 




Area C-t History 




3 






Elective 


_i_JL 




Elective 


3-0 


1 








17 16 



16 16 
NOTE; C - is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admission lest (AHPAT) is required. 



PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s. 

Math; MATH 104 not accepted for credit by LLU.) 
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs. 
Area C HIST, 3 hrs, 

Area D SPCH, 3 hrs.; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hrs. 
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 111-112, 113-114, or PHYS 111-112. 
Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; additional PSYC or SOCI, 2 hrs. 
Area G ART 235; TECH 154, Applied Arts or Crafts, 2 hrs.; PEAC, 1 hr. 

A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an em- 
ployee) in an occupational therapy department is required. 

TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy k Physiology 


3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


ART 235 


Ceramics 


3 




TECH 154 


Woodworking 


4 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 




3 


BIOL 125 


Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psychology 


3 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


0-3 




Area D-4, Speech 




3 




Applied Arts or Crafts 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 






Area C, History 


3 






16 


18 




Area D, F. LangflLit/F. Arts 
Elective 


3 
3-0 



17 16 



NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is required. 



Allied Health 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Marcie Woolsey 

(Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements). 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104 (or 22 Math ACT); MATH 215 

Area B RELB or RELT, 3 hrs.; RELT 255 

Area C HIST 154 

Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hrs. 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 151-152, PHYS 111-112 

Area F PSYC 124, 128; PSYC, SOCI or ECON, 3 hrs. 

Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120 

Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hrs. 

If BIOl 151-152 has already been taken it may be substituted for BIOL 
101-102. Recommended electives are FONT 125, ECON 213, ACCT 103. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.50, figured on science and non- 
science courses separately, is required. C— is the lowest acceptable 
grade for science and cognate courses. The Allied Health Professions 
Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required. Also required are the Strong- 
Campbell Vocational Interest Inventory and the Sixteen Personality Pro- 
files Tests. AH three tests may be taken at SC. Students must pre-register 
with the Testing and Counseling Center for the AHPAT This test is only 
offered four times a year and a fee is charged. An additional requirement 
for admission is 80 hours of observation or work experience with a 
physical therapist. This 80 hours must include at least 16 hours in each 
of three of the following settings: general acute care hospital, home 
health agency, industrial practice, nursing home, private practice, re- 
habilitation center, school for the handicapped, specialized clinics. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 

Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will depend on the college 
selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma Linda University are outlined here. Students 
who complete one of these programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern 
College. Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their requirements. 



ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 










YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
PSYC 124 
PSYC 128 
MATH 104 
RELB 125 
SPCH 135 
PEAC 125 


College Composition 
Anatomy & Physiology* 
Introduction to Psychology 
Developmental Psychology 
Intermediate Algebra** 
Life & Teachings of Jesus 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Conditioning 


3 
3 
3 

3 
3 

1 


3 
3 

3 
3 


CHEM 151-152 
BIOL 125 
RELT 255 
MATH 215 


General Chemistry 

Basic Microbiology 

Christian Beliefs 

Statistics 

Computer Course 

Area C, History*** 

Area D-3, Mus or Art App**** 

Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


4 4 

4 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 

1 


PHYS 111 


Intro to Physics 


16 


3 
15 




Psyc, Sociology, or Econ 


3 
15 16 



Allied Health 



44 



PHYS 112 



SUMMER 
Intro to Physics 



*BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted if it has already been taken. 
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher, but 64 total hours must be completed. 
***American History required if not taken in high school. 
****A two-semester sequence in a music organization may be substituted. 



Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104, 215 

Area B RELB or RELT, 6 hrs. 

Area C HIST 174 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.; SPCH 135 

Area E BIOL 151-152, 125, CHEM 151-152, PHYS 111-112 

Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125 

Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120 

A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in 
a physical therapy department, 20 of which are in a general, acute-care 
hospital, is also required. 

A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 4 


BIOL 125 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psyc 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 


3 


CPTR 


Computer Course 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


PHYS 111 


Intro to Physics 


3 


RELT 


Area B, Religion 


3 


RELB 125 


Life b Teachings of Jesus 


3 


HIST 174 


Survey of Civ 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




Area D, Fine Arts or R Lang 


3 3 






16 16 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 

17 17 




SUMMER 










PHYS 112 


Intro to Physics 


3 









NOTE: A total of 68 semester hours, excluding Intermediate Algebra, is required for admission. Other entrance require- 
ments are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or 
as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. 



ART 

Chairman: Robert Garren 



Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for 
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and 
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become 
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them systemat- 
ically to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether they are 
oriented commercially or aesthetically. 

Students majoring in Art must meet the specific requirements of the 
Art Department (below) and the General Education program (pages 15- 
18). For Art and most other programs in the Humanities Division, inter- 
mediate foreign language is required. 



PROGRAMS IN ART 

Note: The Art Department is accepting no more majors after the 
1988-89 school year. Asterisks denote classes that will be phased out 
when art majors enrolled as of 1988-89 complete their graduation 
requirements. 

Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 345, 
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirements: 
JOUR 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. ART 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ART 104-105 


Drawing 1, 11 


2 2 


ART 


344 


History of Art 


3 


ART 109-110 


Design I, II 


3 3 


JOUR 


225 


Intro to Photography 


2 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-l, Inter For Lang 


3 3 




Area D-l, Begin For Lang 


3 3 






Area D-2, Literature 






Area G-2, Practical 








OR 


3 




OR 


1 1 






Area D-4, Speech 






Area G-3, Recreation 








Area F-2, Family Science 






Area A-2, Math 


0-3 






OR 






Minor or Elective 


3-0 

15 15 






Area F-3, Health Science 
Area B-l, Religion 
Art Electives 
Minor or Elective 


3 
3 3 

3 



17 17 



Art 



46 



YEAR 3 



ART 345 



Semester 






YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


Contemporary Art 




3 


ART 499 Senior Project 


1 


Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


3 


Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Art Electives 


6 3 


Area E, Natural Science 


3 


3 


Minor or Electives 


9 10 


Area F-l, Behav. Science 


3 






16 16 


Area G-3, Recreat. Skills 




% 






Minor or Electives 


3 


3 






Art Electives 




5 







15 15 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 
with not less than six hours in upper division courses. 

Teaching Endorsement: See Education and Psychology Departments. 



STUDIO ART 

ART 104-105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on 
the basic art elements and their functions in composition using various 
media. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 109. Design I (G-l) 3 hours 

Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures, 
and advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical ele- 
ments to enhance the communicative potential of the print media. 

ART 110. Design II (G-l) 3 hours 

Problems in two- and three-dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form, 
color, and texture. 

*ART 215. Sculpture (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 
Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional 
design using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. 
Taugnt odd years. May be repeated for credit. 

*ART 217. Printmaking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media. 

Relief, intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 221-222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials 

applied to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, 

Spring) 



Art 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication |1 # 
from hand building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of ■ * 

glazes, and stacking and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 
fee is applied toward necessary supplies. (Fall) 

*ART 311-312. Painting III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

*ART 313-314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student increased experience in the applica- 
tion of drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated 
for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be 
obtained. ART 495 is for majors and minors only. The course is designed 
for students who wish directed study or for a group of students who wish 
a special course not taught under the regular class offering. Students taking 
the class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, design, 
drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had 
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered 
by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit 
up to four times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 

*ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent 
portfolio of college art work. (Spring) 



ART HISTORY 

ART 218 or 318. Art Appreciation (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with 
two hours per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in 
Washington, D.C., and New York City visiting major art museums. When 
offered in the first summer session, there will be one week of two-hour 
lectures and two weeks of travel and museum visits. There is an additional 
charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary paper. 
Students taking the class for upper-division credit will be required to write 
a research paper. 

ART 344. History of Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-1800's 
with an emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and Ameri- 
can arts. (Spring) 



Art 



48 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various 
levels of the elementary school. 

*EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Art 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education (secondary program). 
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester 
during the senior year. 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



Behavioral Science 



— — — BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE — — — 

Chairman: Ed Lamb 
Faculty: Larry Williams 

The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational 
philosophy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this 
faculty embraces the following beliefs: 

(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also the 
ultimate Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious 
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) A loving God seeks to restore his image in humanity, thus prepar- 
ing them for personal fellowship with Himself. 

We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of 
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, there- 
fore, to achieving the following objectives: 

Spiritual 

Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the basic 
beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day Ad- 
ventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals, 
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to com- 
mit themselves to such ideals. 

Intellectual 

Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive them- 
selves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of knowledge. 
We have designed course-related activities and investigations to aid 
them in achieving intellectual and career goals, and in acquiring the 
necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral Science curriculum 
is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, perceptive discussion, 
intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness. 

Social 

Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive interper- 
sonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making ap- 
proaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the attitudes 
of acceptance, caring, patience, and service. 

Physical 

Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic 
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our phys- 
ical, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to establish 
balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation. 
The faculty promotes such positive values and practices through exam- 
ple and instruction. 

Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or 



49 



Behavioral Science 



50 



family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology of the family 
should consider a Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies 
emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in Social Work (BSW) is offered for 
those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalist baccalau- 
reate practice positions. Registered nurses will find a major in some 
area of Behavioral Science an excellent foundation for public health 
and psychiatric work. To achieve a complete preparation in these fields, 
however, the student is encouraged to consider further training at the 
graduate level. 



PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

Major (B.S., Family Studies Emphasis): Forty-five hours, including 
BHSF 384; PSYC 124, 128, 233, 315; SOCI 125, 223, 424, 295 or 495, 
349, 365; SOCW 211, 212; CFSC 147, 201, 202. Cognate requirements: 
MATH 215 and three hours in Biology. Remaining course work will 
normally be chosen from the following courses: PSYC 377; SOCW375. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 



(Family Studies Emphasis) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CFSC 


201-202 


Parenting I, II 


2 2 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 


3 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 


CFSC 147 


Fam Resource Mgmt 


3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 


3 


PSYC 128 


Dev Psychology 


3 


SOCI 


223 


Marriage & Family 


2 




Area G, Act Skills 


2 1 


SOCI 


233 


Human Sexuality 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-4, Speech 


2 




Area E-l, Biology 


3 






Area B r Religion 


3 




Area A-2, Math 


0-3 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Minor or Elective 


I 3-0 

15 16 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 

16 16 




YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


BHSF 384 


Research Methods 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psych 


3 


SOCI 


349 


Aging and Society 


3 


SOCI 365 


Family Relations 


3 


SOCI 


424 


Contemp Soc Problems 


3 


SOCI 495 


Directed Study 


1 






Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area G, Act Skills 


2 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


4 






Minor or Electives 


5 2 




Area E, Chem/Phys/E. Sci 


3 






PSYC & SOCW Electives 


_9^ 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 








16 14 




Minor or Electives 


6 4 
16 15 











See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Behavioral Science 



A student contemplating graduate study should take as many courses 
as possible in the area of his emphasis. 

Major (B.S.W., Social Work): Forty-five hours including BHSF 384; 
SOCW 211, 212, 313, 314, 315, 424, 434, 435, 436; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 
125. Cognate requirements: PLSC 254 or ECON 213; MATH 215; any 
human biology. 



51 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


PSYC 128 


DevPsyc 


3 




Area G, Skills 


2 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area E-l, Biology 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A- 2, Math 


0-3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area G, Skills 


2 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 




Elective 


5 
15 16 




Elective 


4 2 
16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


SOCW 313 


HBSE 


3 


SOCW 424 


Contemp Soc Problems 


3 


SOCW 314 


Social Work Meth I 


3 


SOCW 434 


Social Welfare Issues & Policies 3 


SOCW 315 


Social Work Meth II 


3 


SOCW 435-436 


Practicum I, II 


4 4 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


SOCW 


Elective 


1 


BHSF 384 


Research 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G, Skills 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 




Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 




Elective 


6 3 




Elective, Social Work 


3 






15 16 




Elective 


4 









15 16 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor — Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any Be- 
havioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 211, and SOCI 
125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science 
classes. 

Minor — Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 424, and 427. 



BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FOUNDATIONS 

BHSF 384. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive 
and relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and 
completed project is expected of each student. (Fall) 



Behavioral Science 



52 



SOCIAL WORK 



SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its 
values, and its fields of practice. 

SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical 
perspectives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting 
human need is also examined. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 
221. 

SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

See SOCI 233 for course description. 

SOCW 313. Human Behavior and the Social Environment 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SOCI 125, PSYC 124, 128, SOCW 212 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social environ- 
ment. Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to 
provide students with a holistic view of human behavior. Includes such 
topics as systems theory, roles, reference groups, and social stratification. 
To be taken prior to or concurrently with SOCW 314. 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor. 
Provides students with theoretical framework for generalist social work 
practice. Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment, con- 
tracts, intervention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics. 
Work with individuals and families is emphasized in the first semester of 
a two-semester sequence. 

SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small 
groups and the community. Public policy development and implementation 
are also studied. 

SOCW 349. Aging and Society 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

SOCW 374. Criminology 3 hours 

See SOCI 374 for course description. 

SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family interven- 
tion. The family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis 
techniques designed to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. 

SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 424 for course description. 



Behavioral Science 

SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of 53 
social services. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 222. Ww 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to 
develop skills for generalist social work practice. Through participation in 
the social service delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency 
structures, functions, and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent 
working in an agency setting for each four hours of course work. 

SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours 

This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and 
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks. 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 
Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will 
vary among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and 
ethics of social work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the 
entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not 
more than three hours credit. (Fall) 

SOCW 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Two tours are scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of 
behavioral science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during 
Thanksgiving vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban 
change, and social agencies (1 hour). The spring trip to New England occurs 
during the May summer session and focuses primarily on ethnic studies 
(3 hours). An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 

SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social 
world. Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society 
and social institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups 
including the family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the 
family in society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial 
conflicts. (Fall, Spring) 

SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

(See Psychology area listings.) 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected 
in the Christian cultural setting. 



Behavioral Science 



54 



SOCI 316. Community Organization and Policy (F-l) 3 hours 

(See Social Work area listings.) 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the 
process of aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in con- 
temporary society. Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. 
A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring) 

SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) {W) 3 hours 

(See HIST 356 under History listings.) 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will 
be given to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorgani- 
zation and reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be 
given to findings of recent family studies. (Spring) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenome- 
non, of criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and 
crime to other trends in the social order. Research in prevention and treat- 
ment of crime. (Fall, odd years) 

SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural 
changes today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in 
bringing about group and mass adjustment. (Spring) 

SOCI 427. Sociological Theory Development (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125. 

This course focuses on the emergence of sociology as a systematic disci- 
pline. A critical analysis of sociological theory is made from 1850-1920, 
including Comte, Tocqueville, Spencer, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Simmel, 
and Pareto. (Fall, even years) 

(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 
Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary 
among such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change, 
Black America, the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pursued 
for the entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of 
not more than three hours credit. (Spring) 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Two tours are scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of 
behavioral science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during 
Thanksgiving vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban 
change, and social agencies (1 hour). The spring trip to New England occurs 
during the May summer session and focuses primarily on ethnic studies 
(3 hours). An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 






Biology 



BIOLOGY- 



Chairman: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: Edgar Grundset, Duane Houck, Marcie Woolsey 

The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and impor- 
tant fields of scientific investigation, since it provides a better under- 
standing of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the casual 
observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course may derive 
a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as bird watch- 
ing, shell collecting, or wildflower photography 

More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point 
for numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With 
a B.S. degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to 
research in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, microbiol- 
ogy, cytology, etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, industry, 
or government. The B.A. degree is the degree of choice in preparation 
for high-school teaching, medicine, dentistry, optometry, careers in 
wildlife, forestry or zoo management, health education, public health, 
biostatistics, epidemiology, and environmental health, to name a few. 

DEGREES IN BIOLOGY 
Core Courses: 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 

BIOL 316 Genetics 

BIOL 412 Cell Biology 

BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science and Religion 

BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 

Areas: 

Botany: 

BIOL 408 Flowering Plants 

BIOL 409 Smoky Mountain Flora 

BIOL 419 Plant Physiology 

Ecology: 

BIOL 226 Environment and Man 

BIOL 317 Ecology 

Marine Biology Courses 

Vertebrate Field Courses: 
BIOL 314 Ornithology 

BIOL 318 Ichthyology 

BIOL 319 Herpetology 

BIOL 411 Mammology 



Biology 



Microbiology: 
BIOL 315 
BIOL 330 
BIOL 340 

Basic Zoology: 
BIOL 313 
BIOL 415 
BIOL 417 
BIOL 418 



Parasitology 
General Microbiology 
Immunology 

Embryology 
Comparative Anatomy 
Animal Histology 
Animal Physiology 



Major (B.A.): Thirty-one hours including Biology core of 19 hours, 
plus one course from each of four areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry, and a 
computer course; PHYS 211-214 General Physics is highly desirable. A 
minor in Chemistry is recommended. 



ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 151-152 
MATH 114 
RELB 125 
RELT 138 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. BIOLOGY 



(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 



YEARl 



College Composition 
General Biology 
Precalculus 
Teaching of Jesus 
Adventist Heritage 
Area F-2,3, Fam/Hlth Sci 
Area G, Skills 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 

4 4 
3 

3 

3 
2 

1 1 
_5_ 

16 16 



CHEM 151-152 
BIOL 316 



YEAR 2 

General Chemistry 
Genetics 

Area G-2, Computer Science 
Area G-3, Recreational Skills 
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 
Area B, Religion 
Biology Electives 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



3 
1 

3 
3(4) 



3 

16 14(15) 



YEAR 3 

CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry 
CHEM 313-314 Organic Chemistry Lab 
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 
PHYS 213-214 Gen Physics Lab 
BIOL 412 Cell Biology 

Biology Elective 

Area D-l, Foreign Language 

Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 



16 16 



YEAR 4 

BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci & Rel 

BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 

CHEM 323 Biochemistry 

Biology Elective 
Area B, Religion (UD) 
Area C-l, History 
Area C-2, Poli Sci/Econ 
Area F-l, Behavioral Science 
Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 
1 



16 16 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements 
for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major (B.S.): Forty hours including Biology core of 19 hours, plus 
one course from each of the five areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 



Biology 



151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry, MATH 

114 Precalculus, MATH 215 Statistics, and a computer course. PHYS K"f 

211-214 General Physics is highly recommended. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BIOLOGY 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 4 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


HIST 


154,155 


American History 




MATH 114 


Precalculus 


3 






OR 


3 3 


RELB 125 


Teaching of Jesus 


3 


HIST 


174, 175 


Survey of Civilizations 






Biology Elective 


3 


BIOL 


316 


Genetics 


4 




Area F-2,3, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




Area G-3, Recreational Skills 


1 






Biology Elective 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 






Area F-l, Behavioral Science 


3 




Elective 


2 
16 15 






Area G-l, Creative Skills 
Area B\ Religion 


2 
3 

16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 


485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chemistry Lab 


1 1 


BIOL 


424 


Issues of Nat Sci & Rel 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 






Biology Electives 


6 6(7) 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 






Area D-2, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


BIOL 412 


Cell Biology 


3 






Area C-2, Poii Sci/Econ 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 






Area G-2, Computer Science 


3 




Biology Electives 


6 






Area B, Religion (UD) 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Elective 


3 



14 17 



16 15(16) 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 General Biology. A 
course in physiology is strongly recommended. A minimum of six hours 
must be in upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: See Education and Psychology Department. 



NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES 

BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first 
semester covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumen- 
tary, nervous, and endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems 
are studied the second semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 



Biology 



58 



BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student 
a modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant 
and animal life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103. 
Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL 
103. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 125. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, various types of microorganisms 
and their relation to health and disease. Three lectures and two one and 
a-half-hour laboratory periods each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



CORE COURSES 

BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for Biology 
majors and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the 
student a solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant andanimal 
life. It is prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 151, or consent of instructor. 
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and 
an investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 412. Cell Biology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316. 

This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals 
primarily with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles 
learned in BIOL 151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular 
research while learning about the appearance and operation of cellular 
organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control provide the 
framework for this interdisciplinary study. Three lectures each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates 
to current issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental 
responsibility. Special attention is given to Christian perspectives of the 
issues discussed. Credit can be applied toward either Biology or Religion. 
Three lectures each week. (Fall) 



Biology 



BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Biology major or minor with senior standing. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on 
current literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval 
of Department Chairman. (Fall) 

BOTANY 

BIOL 408. Flowering Plants 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of flowering plants in their natural environment and detailed 
microscopic study of them in the laboratory Students will learn to identify 
plants with the aid of botanical keys and to recognize plant families. The 
importance of accurate plant identification is revealed by the study of 
poisonous plants, plants of medical importance, and noxious weeds. Two 
lectures and one field trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor. 

A field study of the wildf lowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky 
Mountain National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of 
temperate deciduous forest. Plants are identified by means of botanical 
keys, and observation lists are kept. Special attention is given to the different 
forest types and their associated plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week 
camping-study experience. Field trips daily (Summer) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water 
relations, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, 
respiration, and growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. (Spring) 

ECOLOGY 

BIOL 226. Environment and Man (E-l) 3 hours 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex inter- 
locking environmental problems facing us today Beginning with basic 
ecological principles, the course goes on to examine population dynamics, 
energy utilization, resource consumption and the various forms of pollu- 
tion. These issues are all discussed in terms of a balanced and rational 
ecological approach. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their 
environment. This course will examine these interactions in the context 
of energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population 
dynamics. Field work will introduce various ecological sampling tech- 
niques and the student will participate in ecological analysis of various 
local communities as well as extended field trips. Two lectures and one 
field trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall) 



Biology 



60 



VERTEBRATE FIELD COURSES 



BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, 
taxonomy, nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which 
applies toward laboratory credit, is planned during spring vacation. There 
is an additional charge for the trip. (Spring) 

BIOL 318. Ichthyology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of the fishes found in the local area, with a survey of 
the fishes of other waters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. (Taught every third year) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of amphibians and reptiles of the local area, with a 
survey of amphibians and reptiles of other areas. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Taught every third year) 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. 
Includes classroom and field study of systematics, distribution, behavior 
and ecology. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. {Taught 
every third year) 

MICROBIOLOGY 

BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic 

animals. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 

(Spring) 

BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their 
morphology, physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be 
given to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen in- 
teractions, humoral and cellular immune systems. The importance of micro- 
organisms in environmental and applied fields will be considered. Three 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 330. 

A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics 
such as antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell 
mediated immunity, hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation 
immunology. Two lectures each week. (Spring) 



Biology 



BASIC ZOOLOGY 



BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis 
on the development of the chick. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. 

The dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory 

study. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 

(Spring) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A descriptive study of normal tissues, including those of man. The micro- 
scopic identification and characteristics of stained section are emphasized 
in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring, odd years) 

BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 102, 151-152, or equivalent and CHEM 151-152 or equiva- 
lent. 

A study of the principles of animal function with special attention to man. 
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, 
even years) 

SPECIAL COURSES 

BIOL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

See BIOL 495. 

BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours 

Designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty areas of 
Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different special- 
ized areas. 

BIOL 495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. 

Designed for the student who wishes to do private study or for a group of 

students who wish a special course not listed in the regular offerings. 

Content and method of study must be arranged for prior to registration. 

(Fall or Spring) 

BIOL 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems 
will be selected according to the interest and experience of the student. 



Biology 



Prior to registration students are urged to contact all biology staff members 
with respect to the choice of available research problems. This course 
should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer — on demand) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Biology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performances; and the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

(E-l), (G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



ROSARIO BEACH MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility 
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College 
and other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, 
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland, 
including a high hill and canyon. 

In addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the 
following are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach: 

BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours 

An overview course designed to introduce general education students to 
the biology and ecology of the marine environment. Course not applicable 
to Biology majors. 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will 
involve extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine inver- 
tebrates of the Puget Sound. 

BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Animal Behavior or Intro to Psychology. 
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their 
behavioral responses to the physical environment. The course involves 
laboratory experiences, field observation, and a research project. 



Business and Office Administration 



- BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION - 

Chairman: Wayne VandeVere 

Faculty: Kim Arellano, Joyce Cotham, Richard Erickson, David Haley, 
Evonne Richards, Cecil Rolfe, Dan Rozell, Peg Smith, Ken 
Spears 
Adjunct Faculty: Daniel Gray, Richard J. Henry, Jr., Dale Lind, Doug 

Malin 
Advisory Councils: 

Accounting: Doug Bullard, Michael Creamer, Ben Kochenower, 

Dennis Millburn, Ed Reifsnyder 
Management: Grady Gant, James McElroy, Bill McGhinnis, Jack 

McKee, James Williams 
Long-Term Health Care: Dale Lind, Marvin Midkiff , Clifford Port, 
Forrest Preston, Ben Wygal, Jan Rushing, Ray Tiitwiler 

The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to 
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, govern- 
ment, industry, and in long-term health care and to train students for 
secretarial, office work, and office administration in the modern office. 

The objectives of the department are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical 
guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy 
toward our current economic environment and the ever-changing 
business world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with 
basic business skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers 
and in positions of business leadership with organizations spon- 
sored by this denomination. 

5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive sec- 
retaries and word processing operators and managers. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into 
most graduate degree programs in business. 

The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, and Computer Infor- 
mation Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) with majors in 
Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and Office Adminis- 
tration. 

For those who desire a two-year program, an Associate of Science 
degree (A.S.) is available in Accounting and Office Administration with 
major options in executive, medical, and word processing. A program 
in Pre-medical Records Administration is also available. 



Business and Office Administration 



Students wishing to receive teacher certification in Business or Office 
Administration must also satisfy the professional teacher education 
requirements (see Education listings). 

PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core 
of business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, or Com- 
puter Information Systems. 

Basic Core Course requirements are as follows: ACCT 121-122, 321; 
ECON 224, 225; BUAD 313, 314, 315, 326, 334, 358. Among the General 
Education requirements, the B.B.A. degree students must include SPCH 
135, CPTR 106, 126, MATH 181 and a course in psychology. BUAD 315 
and 326 are not required for the major in Computer Information Systems. 

Major — Accounting: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 211-212, 322, 415, 417, 421; BUAD 339, 488; SECR 315. 

TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. ACCOUNTING 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 3 


ECON 224-225 


Princ of Economics 


3 3 


ENGL 10M02 


College Composition 


3 3 


ACCT 211-212 


Intermediate Acct 


3 3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 


1 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Application 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 




Area D-2, Literature 


3 




Area F-l, Psychology 


3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 


1 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 

16 15 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 

16 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


4 


BUAD 334 


Princ of Management 


3 


ACCT 321-322 


Cost Accounting 


3 3 


SECR 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical Env of Bus 


3 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 313 


Business Statistics 


3 


ACCT 421 


Federal Income Taxes 


3 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Dec 


3 


ACCT 417 


Auditing 


4 




Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 


ACCT 415 


Advanced Accounting 


4 




Area D-3, Fine Arts App 


3 




Elective 


1 




Elective 


2 




Area G-l or G-3 


1 u 




Accounting Elective 


3 






14 17 




Area E t Natural Science 


3 



16 15 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major — Management: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 211; BUAD 339, 344, 353, 355, 414, 488; ECON 314; SECR 315. 



Business and Office Administration 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 12M22 


Prin of Accounting 


3 


3 


ECON 224-225 


Prin of Economics 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 211 


Intermediate Acctg 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 


3 


CPTR 128 


Spreadsheet Application 




2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Area D-2, Literature 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area A~2, Math -Pre-Cal 


0-3 






Area F-2, Family/Health 


2 




Area G-l or G4, Skills 


1 


1 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 




Elective 


3-0 
18 


16 






16 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




4 


SECR 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 




3 


ECON 314 


Money & Banking 


3 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 




BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical Env of Bus 


3 


BUAD 313 


Business Statistics 


3 




BUAD 488 


Sem in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Dec 




3 


BUAD 414 


Business Policies 


3 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Manag Acctg 


3 




BUAD 353 


Mgmnt of Small Bus 


3 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgt 




3 


BUAD 355 


Organizational Behav 


2 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 




Area B-2, Religion 




3 




Area D-3, Fine Arts App 


3 




Elective 


3 

15 


16 




Elective in Business 


3 3 

15 15 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 lor general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major — Computer Information Systems: 39 hours plus the B.B.A. 
Core Requirements: CPTR 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 
413, 485; eight hours in CPTR, BUAD, ACCT, or ECON. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



ACCT 121-122 

CPTR 131-132 

ENGL 101-102 

CPTR 106 

CPTR 126 

SPCH 135 



YEAR1 

Prin of Accounting 
Fund of Programming 
College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Application 
Area A-2 Pre-Cal 
Intro to Pub Speaking 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area G-l or G-3, Skills 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 



0-3 



3 

16 16 



ECON 224-225 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 



MATH 181 



YEAR 2 

Prin of Economics 
COBOL Programming 
Intro to File Processing 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-3, Fine Arts 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Calculus I 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 



1 
16 16 



Business and Office Administration 





YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


AOCT321 


Cost & Managerial Acct 1 


3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance (Rec.) 


3 


BUAD 313 


Business Statistics 


3 




BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing (Rec.) 


3 


BUAD 314 


Quant Methods-Bus Decisions 




3 


BUAD 358 


Legal-Ethical Env 


3 


BUAD 334 


Principles of Management 


3 




CPTR 326 


Systems Management 


2 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




CPTR 485 


Computer Science Seminar 


1 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Systems 




3 




Area B, Religion (U.B.J 


3 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 


2 






Area E, Natural Science 


3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 




2 




Area F, Psychology 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Elective* in Major 


5 




Area D*2, literature 




3 




General Elective 


J_- 




Area F-2, Family Sci 
OR 


2 








14 15 




Area F-3, Health Sci 


16 


14 










SUMMER 












CPTR 413 


Software Dev Practicum 


3 











(Recommended) 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major— Business Administration: 47 hours: ACCT 121-122, 211; 
BUAD 313, 314, 315, 326, 334, 339, 358, 414, 488; ECON 224, 225; Six 
hours of eiectives in accounting courses. Cognate requirements: CPTR 
106, 126, and SECR 315. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 


3 


ECON 224-225 


Princ of Economics 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 211 


Intermediate Acctg 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 




Area F-1, Psychology 


3 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Application 




2 




Area B, Religion 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spfcg 




3 




Area D-2, Literature 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 






Area G4, Rec Skills 


1 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area C-t History 


3 


3 




Elective 


JL JL 




AreaG-1 or G-3, Skills 


1 


1 






16 15 



16 16 



Business and Office Administration 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




4 


BUAD 414 


Business Policies 


3 


BUAD 313 


Business Statistics 


3 




BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Dec 




3 


SECR 315 


Business Communications 


3 


BUAD 334 


Princ of Management 


3 






Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 




3 




Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


3 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 






Area D-3, Fine Arts App 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Elective in Accounting 


3 3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






Elective 


4 6 




Elective 




3 






15 16 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env of Bus 


3 
15 


16 









67 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major— Long-Term Health Care: 48 hours: ACCT 121-122, 211; BUAD 
315, 334, 339, 358, 431, 432, 434, 435, 497; ECON 224, 225. Cognate 
requirements: CPTR 106, 126, and SOCI 349. 

Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an 
accredited college or university and who have completed all class work 
required in a major in long-term health care other than the specialized 
classes in long-term health care, may receive a Bachelor of Science 
degree with a major in long-term health care upon the completion of 
20 hours of long-term health care classes {BUAD 431, 432, 434, 435, 497). 

This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to 
those who have completed all other major course requirements for the 
long-term health care degree at another institution and have received 
a bachelor's degree. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 


3 


ACCT 211 


int Accounting 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ECON 224-22S 


Prin of Economics 


3 3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Application 




2 




Area 8, Religion 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 






Area D-2, Literature 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area C-t History 


3 


3 




Area F, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 




AreaG-1 or C-3, Skills 


1 


1 




Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 




Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Elective 


3 



16 16 



14 16 



Business and Office Administration 



YEAR 3 



1st 2nd 



BUAD 339 


Business Law 




4 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 




BUAD 334 
SOCI 349 


Princ of Management 
Aging & Society 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area D-3, Fine Arts App 
Elective 


3 
3 
3 


3 

3 
6 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env of Business 


3 








15 


16 




SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 3) 






BUAD 431 


Gen Admin of LTHC Facil 


3 




BUAD 432 


Tech Aspects of LTHC 


3 




BUAD 434 
BUAD 435 


Finan Mgt of LTHC Facil 
Hum Res Mgt/Mkt LTHC 


3 
3 





BUAD 497 



YEAR 4 

LTHC Admin Internship 
Area B, Religion (U.D.) 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Associate of Science Degree Major — Accounting: 30 hours: ACCT 
121-122, 211, 212, 321; BUAD 128, 358; ECON 213 or 224; Six hours of 
electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106, 
126; SECR 105 or equivalent. 

TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S, ACCOUNTING 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Princ of Accounting 


3 


3 


ACCT 211-212 


Intermediate Acctg 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 321 


Cost Accounting I 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 






Area B-2, Religion 


3 


ECON 224 


Princ of Economics 
OR 


3 






Area C-l, History 
Area D-2, Literature 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 








OR 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 




Area D-4, Speech 




CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Application 




2 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Business Elective 


3 3 




Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Elective 


1 1 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env of Bus 


3 _ 




Area A-2, Math 




0-3 






16 16 




Elective 


16 


4-1 
16 









See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements 
of make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



Major— Office Administration: 47 hours: SECR 104, 114, 115, 213, 214, 
216, 221, 223, 315, 317, 323, 324; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 334; three 
hours of upper division electives in SECR, BUAD, ACCT, or ECON, 
Cognate requirements: ACCT 121-122, CPTR 120 or equivalent. 



Business and Office Administration 



SECR 104,114 
SECR 115 
SECR 213 
SECR 214 
SECR 221 
SECR 223 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



YEARl 



Shorthand I, H 
Intermediate Typing 
Records Management 
Advanced Typing 
Office Transcription 
Concepts of Information Proc 
Area A-l, College Composition 
Area B, Religion 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

4 4 

3 

3 



3 3 
16 16 



SECR 216 
SECR 317 
SECR 323 
SECR 324 
ACCT 121-122 



YEAR 2 

Business English 
Secretarial Procedures 
Word Processing Text Editing 
Advanced Word Processing 
Principles of Accounting 
Area A-2, Survey Math 
Area B, Religion 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area F, Behavioral Science 
Area G-l or G-3, Creative 
or Activity Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



16 16 



69 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


SECR 315 


Business Communications 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


CPTR 120 


Computer-Based Systems 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts 


3 3 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 




Electives 


3 3 
15 K 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 334 Prin of Management 

UD Elective in Business 

Area B, Religion (UD.) 

Area C-l, History 

Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts 

Area F, Behavioral Science 

Electives 



1st 2nd 

3 
3 
3 
3 



NOTE: It is recommended that elective hours be applied toward a minor, which consists of 16 hours, 6 of which must 
be upper division. 

Major — Office Administration, Executive Option: 35 hours: SECR 
104, 114, 115, 213, 214, 216, 221, 223, 315, 317, 323. Cognate requirements: 
ACCT 103 or 121, ENGL 102. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



(Executive Option) 





YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


SECR 104,114 


Shorthand I and 11 


4 4 


SECR 


216 


Business English 


3 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typing 


3 


SECR 


315 


Business Communications 


3 


SECR 213 


Records Management 


3 


SECR 317 


Secretarial Procedures 


3 


SECR 214 


Advanced Typing 


3 


SECR 323 


Word Proc Text Editing 


3 


ENGL 221 


Office Transcription 


3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


SECR 223 


Concepts of Information Proc 


3 






Area A-2, Survey of Math 


3 




Area A-l, College Composition 


3 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


_3_ 
16 16 






Area C, History 
Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area F, Behavioral Science 
Area G, Recreational Skills 


3 
2 

3 
2 

1 



16 16 



Business and Office Administration 



Major — Office Administration, Medical Option: 30 hours: SECR 115, 
213, 214, 216, 221, 223, 316, 317, 323, 333. Cognate requirements: ACCT 
103 or 121, BIOL 101, ENGL 102, CPTR 120. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

(Medical Option) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typewriting 


3 




SECR 316 


Medical Terminology 


1 


SECR 213 


Records Management 


J 




SECR 317 


Secretarial Procedures 


3 


SECR 214 


Advanced Typewriting 




3 


SECR 323 


Vtord Proc Text Editing 


3 


SECR 216 


Business English 


3 




SECR 333 


Adv Med Terminology 


3 


SECR 221 


Office Transcription 




3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


SECR 223 


Concepts of Information Proc 




3 


CPTR 120 


Computer-Based Systems 


3 




Area A, College Composition 


3 


3 




Area A, Survey of Math 


J 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Anatomy 


3 






Area C, History * 


a 




Area G, Recreational 


1 






Area D, Lit, Lang, Tine Arts 


2 




Etectives 




1 




Area F, Behav, Family, Health 


2 






1R 


in 




Etectives 


1 



16 16 



Major — Office Administration, Word Processing Option: 30 hours: 
SECR 115, 213, 214, 216, 221, 223, 315, 317, 323, 324. Cognate require- 
ments: ACCT 103 or 121, CPTR 120, ENGL 102. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



(Word Processing Option) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


SECR 115 


Intermediate Typewriting 


3 




SECR 315 


Business Communications 


3 


SECR 213 


Records Management 


3 




SECR 317 


Secretarial Procedures 


3 


SECR 2M 


Advanced Typewriting 




3 


SECR 323 


Vtord Proc Text Editing 


3 


SECR 216 


Business English 


3 




SECR 324 


Advanced Word Processing 


3 


SECR 221 


Office Transcription 




3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


SECR 223 


Concepts of Information Proc 




3 


CPTR 120 


Computer-Based Systems 


3 




Area A, College Composition 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A, Survey of Math 




3 




Area C, History 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D, Lit, Lang, Fine Arts 


2 




Area G, Recreational 


1 






Area E, Natural Science 


3 




Electives 




1 




Area F, Behav, Family, Health 


2 






16 


16 




Electives 


1 



16 16 



Business and Office Administration 



MINORS IN BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 hours: 

Business Administration: ACCT 121-122; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 
334 or 344; and 6 hours in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON including 3 hours 
upper division. 

Office Administration: SECR 214 and 15 hours from courses in Office 
Administration, six of which must be upper division. 



71 



Pre-Health Information Administration Program (Formerly Pre-Med- 
ical Records Administration Program)— BIOL 101-102; MATH 103; PSYC 
124; BIOL 151-152; SECR 115; ACCT 121-122. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 

A.S. HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 

Formerly Medical Records Administration 

(Allied Health Professions) 



ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
PSYC 124 
SECR 115 
MATH 103 



NOTE:C- 

requtred. 



YEARl 

College Composition 
Anatomy ft Physiology 
Intro to Psychology 
Intermediate Typing 
Survey of Math 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-4, Speech 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Arts 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



16 16 



AOCT 121-122 
SOCI 22a 



YEAR 2 

Prm of Accounting 
Marriage & the Family 
Area C-l, History 
Area B, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Arts 
Science Sequence 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 



3 
3 
3 
3 
_l 

16 16 



ts the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admissions lest (AHPAT) is 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the 
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional 
offices, merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does 
not apply toward a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business 
and Office Administration. (Fall) 

ACCT 121-122. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis, 
financial statement preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts, 
income recognition, and basic management accounting concepts are cov- 
ered. 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCT 211-212. Intermediate Accounting 3,3 hours 

I P Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including prepa- 
ration of financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classifi- 
cation and evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income 
and expense accounts. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 321. Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 122. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as 
a managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relation- 
ships, job-order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, 
cost behavior patterns, transfer pricing, and divisional performance meas- 
urement. (Fall) 

ACCT 322. Cost and Managerial Accounting II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and BUAD 313. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, 
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, 
standard, and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more 
quantitative aspects of management are covered including decision-making 
under uncertainty, inventory control, cost behavior and regression analysis, 
the variance investigation decision, and mix and yield variances. (Spring) 

ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212. 

A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated 
financial statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, 
estates and trusts, foreign exchange, segment reporting, and not-for-profit 
institutional fund accounting and reporting. (Spring) 

ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public account- 
ing work including generally accepted auditing standards, professional 
code of ethics of the AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 

ACCT 418, 419. C.P.A. Review Problems 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting prac- 
tice, and business law as exemplified by the official accounting pronounce- 
ments of the AICPA and FASB. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121. 

An introductory course designed to provide training in the application of 
the Federal Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals. 
Primary emphasis is on Federal income taxes but social security taxes will 
also be included. (Fall) 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 421. 70 

A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal 
Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partner- 
ships, estates, trusts. An introduction to tax research will also be included. 
(Spring) 

ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3 hours 

A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting sys- 
tems, computer based systems and systems development will be covered. 
(Fall) 

ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an under- 
standing of the United States* mixed economy through a study of the market 
system, the role of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact 
of the foreign sector. This course does not apply on a major in accounting 
or management. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. 
(Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours 

A survey course in the fundamentals of economics; the institutions, forces, 
and factors affecting production, evaluation, exchange, and distribution of 
wealth in modern society. (Fall, Spring) 

ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the 

Federal Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered. 

(Spring) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and prac- 
tices designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. 
Budgeting, consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are 
included in the topics covered. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BUAD 313. Business Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 120; MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics score of 22 or 
above. 

Descriptive statistics; probability theory and applications including Baye- 
sian revision; the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, exponential, normal, 
student's t, chi-square, and F distributions; inferential statistics including 
sampling concepts, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing; multiple 
regression and correlation; introductory time series analysis. This is an 
applied (rather than mathematical) approach to statistics, and emphasis 
will be placed on statistics as a tool of management for decision-making, 
(Fall) 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 

jf A Prerequisite: BUAD 313. 

Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans- 
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. 
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program Evalu- 
ation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis 
on instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining 
to working capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall) 

BUAD 326. Introduction te Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institu- 
tions, basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price 
policies, ana competitive practices. (Spring) 

BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an 
analysis of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional 
characteristics of the management process and current ethics. (Fall) 

BUAD 339. Business Law 4 hours 

A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including 
social control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform 
commercial code) and business organizations. (Spring) 

BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of 
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at 
high levels. Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation 
and financial incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and 
leadership. (Spring) 

BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a 
small business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for estab- 
lishing a new business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, 
and the management of the small business. (Fall) 

BUAD 355. Organizational Behavior 2 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 334. 

This course examines the nature and consequences of human behavior in 
work organizations. Primary emphasis is placed on the interaction between 
employee needs and organizational requirements, and on the role of man- 
agement in facilitating mutual goal attainment. Topics covered include: 
individual differences, perception and attitude formation, motivation, job 
design, group processes, conflict, leadership, decision-making, and change 
and development processes. (Spring) 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business 3 hours 

A study of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and polit- 
ical environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and 
how individuals in leadership should relate various social and ethical 
problems. (Fall) 

BUAD 414. Business Policies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 334. 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision- 
making and problem-solving through the case method. The attention of the 
student is directed to defining, analyzing, and proposing alternative solu- 
tions to business problems from management's viewpoint. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential 
investor of institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, 
readings, and cases. Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the 
security market, real estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Spring) 

BUAD 431. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organi- 
zation and management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, 
and controlling. Includes review of licensing requirements, insurance, busi- 
ness law, human relations, public relations. (Summer) 

BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Caje 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration 
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities, the relation- 
ship to other health care facilities in the total health care delivery system, 
and technically related medical relationships and services. (Summer) 

BUAD 434. Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for man- 
agement decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 

BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and Marketing 

of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employ- 
ees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a nign 
level. Selection, compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and 
leadership are the topics that will be covered. Marketing functions, prob- 
lems, services, and competitive practices will also be covered. (Summer) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. 
Top men and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real 
estate, finance, retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten 
lectures will be required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring) 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be ar- 
ranged. Approval must be secured from Department Chairman prior to 
registration. (Fail, Spring) 

BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours 

Atailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care 
facility will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. One-third 
regular tuition rate. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

(C-2), (F-2), (G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

SECR 104. Shorthand I (G-2) 4 hours 

This course presents the fundamental principles of Gregg Shorthand, using 
the individual progress method. Reading and writing ofshorthand outlines 
and longhand transcription are emphasized. Five class periods a week. 
(Fall) 

SECR 105. Keyboarding (G-2) 3 hours 

This class, which meets five class periods each week, begins with the 
development of touch typing techniques. Emphasis is then placed on accu- 
racy, speed, and basic theory. Designed for students with little or no previous 
training in typewriting. Speed objective: 25-40 wpm. (Fall) 

SECR 114. Shorthand II (G-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 105 or high school equivalent, and SECR 104 with 
grade of C or above or consent of instructor. 

A continuation of individual progress instruction in which students pro- 
gress at their own rates in building shorthand skill. Transcription on the 
typewriter is introduced with increased emphasis on speed building. Five 
class periods a week. (Spring) 

SECR 115. Intermediate Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 105 or equivalent. 

Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Continua- 
tion of SECR 105; improvement of basic skills; business letter production; 
tabulated reports; manuscripts; special business forms. (Students with two 
years of high school typewriting may waive this course by examination.) 
(Fall) 

SECR 213. Records Management 3 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of control and storage of records. A simu- 
lation involving a study of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five 
methods. An overview of automated filing systems and criteria by which 
records are created, stored and transferred. (Fall) 



Business and Office Administration 



SECR 214. Advanced Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 115 or equivalent. 

Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Preparation 
of final copy from rough drafts; typing of financial statements; complex 
statistical and tabulated reports, and representative problems from techni- 
cal and professional offices. (Spring) 

SECR 216. Business English 3 hours 

Pre- or co-requisite: ENGL 101. 

An intensive study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spell- 
ing, and word usage as necessary tools for effective written and spoken 
communication. (Fall) 

SECR 218. Business Mathematics and 

Calculating Machines (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 12 or above. 
The electronic calculator is used to solve common business problems which 
include: basic arithmetic operations, fractions, percentage, interest, dis- 
counts, merchandising, payrolls, depreciation and the use of credit. 

SECR 221. Office Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, SECR 216. 
Pre- or corequisites: ENGL 102, SECR 214. 

Development of skill in producing mailable office transcription. Proficiency 
in business grammar, punctuation, word usage, and document styles. Em- 
phasis is placed on speed and accuracy in producing mailable copy, using 
machine transcription. Also, a study of current methods of office repro- 
graphics. (Spring) 

SECR 223. Concepts of Information Processing 3 hours 

Introduces the total concept of word/information processing. Through lec- 
tures, films and field trips, the student will learn terminology, practices, 
procedures, and controls used in modern office environments. This course 
is designed to acquaint the student with new roles of office workers, new 
office career opportunities, and electronic office equipment and systems. 
The student will be introduced to the features of electronic typewriters 
and calculators. (Spring) 

SECR 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101-102. 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business 
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling, and punctuation, and the 
writing of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means 
of effective expression in business-letter writing. (Fall, Spring) 

SECR 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 214, BIOL 101, or consent of instructor. 
A study of medical terms — their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning, and 
their application to medical secretarial work. Open only to students who 
are enrolled in a medical emphasis program. (Fall) 



Business and Office Administration 



SECR 317. Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

TfQ Prerequisite: SECR 213, 214, 323. 

An integration of skills learned in previous secretarial courses, together 
with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics, and 
initiative used in the secretarial profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring) 

SECR 323. Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 214, 223, CPTR 120. 

Introduces the student to the text-editing capabilities of microcomputers. 
Emphasis is placed on developing word processing skills using popular 
software, formatting quality documents, and increasing productivity. (Fall) 

SECR 324. Advanced Word Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 323. 

This course is designed to prepare the student to use microcomputer 
software in an information processing environment. Training is given in 
data base management, spreadsheet analysis and word processing. (Spring) 

SECR 333, Advanced Medical Terminology 

and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 223 and 316. 

For Medical Secretarial majors only. Continued emphasis on increasing 
medical vocabulary, with skill and knowledge developed in the transcrip- 
tion techniques and procedures of medical dictation. Three class periods 
per week. (Spring) 

SECR 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing 2 hours 

See TECH 245/345 for course description, 

SECR 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Open only to majors in Office Administration. Research studies relating to 
the field of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience 
and interests of the student. Length of project determines credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business 
education, the psychology of skill development and measurement, and 
lesson development of specific classes. An investigation of instructional 
materials and resources for the business education classroom. Special areas 
of instruction will be presented for the endorsement clusters of Basic Busi- 
ness, Accounting, Data Processing and Office Technology. Emphasis will 
be placed on professional development for this area of teaching. (Spring) 

(G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Chemistry 



CHEMISTRY- 



Chairman: Steven Warren 

Faculty: Wiley Austin (Orlando), Mitchell Thiel 

Adjunct Faculty: Jim Engel 



Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals, 
the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major 
in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in 
a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research, 
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry, 
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many 
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, pat- 
ent research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a 
few. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for 
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional appli- 
cations of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree is 
the preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or pre- 
paramedical fields and possibly for some of the business applications. 



Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 
315, 321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be substituted for 
CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate requirement. 
CPTR 131 is strongly recommended. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. CHEMISTRY* 





YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 


4 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 


4 






Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 181 


Calculus 1 




4 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 


3 




Area E, Bioi/Phys/E. Sci 




3 




Area G-l, Creative Skills 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




OR 


2 




Electives or Minor 


2 






Area G-3, Recreation Skills 








16 


15 




Chemistry Elective 
Electives or Minor 


3 
9 



15 16 



Chemistry 



80 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 


CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar 


1 


CHEM 321 


Instrumental Analysis 


4 


Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


3 


CPTR 131 


Funds, of Programming I 


3 


Area F. Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


Chemistry Elective 


2 




Area C-t, History 


3 3 


Electives or Minor 


9 12 




Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 3 




15 15 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 








Elective 


3 







16 16 



'PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the student 
enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then either years 2 and 3 or years 3 and 4 should be exchanged. 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major (B.S.): Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 
315, 321, 325, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, and 497 are required. Cognate 
requirements are: PHYS 211-212, 213-214, MATH 181, 182 and 315, CPTR 
131. German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is 
designed for the professional chemist. Note that Physical Chemistry 
will be offered one year and Analytical and Instrumental Chemistries 
the following year. The student should plan accordingly. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. CHEMISTRY* 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 


4 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 


4 




MATH 182 


Calculus 11 


3 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 




4 


MATH 315 


Diff Equations 


3 


CPTR 131 


Funds, of Programming I 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 3 




Elective 




1 




Elective 


• 2 



15 15 



15 16 





YEAR 3 


Seme 


ster 




YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


CHEM 411-412 


Physical Chemistry 


3 3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


1 


CHEM 413414 


Physical Chem Lab 


1 1 


CHEM 315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 




CHEM 485 


Chemistry Seminar 


1 


CHEM 321 


Instr Analysis 




4 


CHEM 497 


Intro to Research 


1-2 


CHEM 325 


Organic Qual Anal 


2-3 






Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Area G-l, Creative Skills 








Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 




OR 


2 






Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 3 




Area G-3, Recreation Skills 








Electives 


0-1 2 




Chemistry Electives 


3 


2 






16 15 




Electives 


1-0 


3 









Chemistry 



81 



16 16 

•PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the student 
enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then years 3 and 4 should be exchanged, and Genera] Physics must 
be taken during the first or second year or a summer before the junior year. 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 



CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics 
ACT score of 12 or a minimum grade of "C" in MATH 099 are required. 
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles 
of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. 
Does not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 
111-112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply 
on a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 



4,4 hours 

mathematics through Inter- 



CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and 

mediate Algebra. 

An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with 

applications to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and 

three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 



CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent. 
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic 
carbon compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, 
relative reactivities, reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these 
compounds. There are three hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 



Chemistry 



CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 14 hours 

82 Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312. 

Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemis- 
try laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization, 
distillation, separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are 
discussed in CHEM 311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, odd 
years) 

CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of 
determinations, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry 
involved is studied in terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours 
of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, odd years} 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spec- 
trometry, chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory session per week. (Spring, even years) 

CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

The materials, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Four hours of lecture each 
week. (Spring) 

CHEM 325. Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312; 313-314. 

Application of solubility principles, classification reactions, and the prep- 
aration of derivatives for the identification of both pure compounds and 
mixtures. Two hours of lecture for nine weeks, and four or eight hours of 
laboratory each week. Offered on sufficient demand. (Fall) 

CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315. 
A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three 
hours of lecture each week. Taught alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 411. 

A study of electrochemistry and conductivity, reaction kinetics, molecular 
structure, nuclear chemistry, absorption and colloids. Three hours of lecture 
each week. Taught alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently 
or previously 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 
period each week. (Fall, Spring) 



Chemistry 

CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. QQ 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. 
To be taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or 
for a group of students who wish a special course on topics not taught 
under the regular class offerings. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1 to 2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Prob- 
lems are assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. 
Prior to registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged 
to contact all chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available 
problems. Should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior 
year. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

Taught at the Orlando Center 
CHEM 112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3 hours 

CHEM 114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1 hour 

(E-2), ( W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Computer Science 



84 



COMPUTER SCIENCE' 



Chairman: Bradley Hyde 

Faculty: Rick Halterman, Merritt MacLafferty 

Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Judy DeLay 

Computer Science deals with the design and programming of elec- 
tronic digital computers. In today's society, it is rare that the average 
person goes through a day without using a computer in some way. 
Computers are used in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TV's and even 
washing machines. On Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of comput- 
ers display the current status. Almost everyone who writes now uses 
a word processor and even grade-school students are being taught by 
computers. 

With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of 
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained 
applicants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and 
knowledge of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a com- 
puter science program find jobs in industry, health care, financial institu- 
tions, education, and research. 

The student should choose his area of interest and select courses 
from computer science and other fields that will fit well with his in- 
tended career. Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems Programmer, 
Systems Analyst, Team Leader, Data Base Administrator, Data Processing 
Manager, Software Engineer, Applications Engineer, Training Specialist, 
and Technical Writer. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been 
authorized for their use. 

2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for 
which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Serv- 
ice Department. 

3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of 
other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient 
means of utilizing the computer. 

4. Users must not attempt to subvert the restrictions associated with 
their computer accounts. 

5. Users must not attempt to access information concerning the data 
or jobs of other users except as provided by techniques arranged 
for that purpose by the Computer Service Department. 

6. Student users shall not exceed default parameters for priority 
factors except in cases where published policy provides for differ- 
ences. 



Computer Science 



PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 



Major (B.A.): Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 280, 
317, 318, 319, (324 or 325), 485 and three hours of upper division com- 
puter electives. Cognates required: MATH 114, (MATH 215 or BUAD 
313), BUAD 334. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the remaining 
nine elective hours, three must be upper division. 

The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is 
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in 
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also appro- 
priate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. COMPUTER SCIENCE 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


CPTR 135-132 


Fund of Prog I, II 


3 


3 


CPTR 280 


Discrete Structures 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Lang 




3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


MATH 114 


Precakuhis 




3 




Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 3 


MATH 104 


Int Algebra 






MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




OR 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Elective 








Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 2 




Area C-l, History 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Minor or Elective 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


3 
15 


15 






15 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 




OR 




2 




Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 








Area C-l, History 


3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area E, Nat Sci 


3 3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 






Comp Sci Elective 


3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 






Minor or Elective 


6 6 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgrat Sys 
Area G-l, Creative Skills 

OR 
Area G-3, Recreation Skills 
Minor or Elective 


1 

JL 

16 


3 

1 

7 
16 






15 16 



See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major (B.S.): Forty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 280, 
317, 318, 319, 324 or 325, 413, 485, and ten hours of computer electives, 
four of which must be upper division. Cognates required: MATH 114, 



Computer Science 

(MATH 215 or BUAD 313), BUAD 334. Only three hours of CPTR 105, 
106, 107, and 126 may apply to a major in computer science. 

Those electing a B.S. in computer science may desire to work in a 
specific area of application of computer science, e.g., business, psychol- 
ogy, mathematics, or physics.,Such students should include appropriate 
classes in these areas. A minor or double major should be considered. 

Students planning to do graduate work in computer science should 
definitely take the B.S. degree and include calculus and differential 
equations. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CPTR 131-132 


Fund of Prog I, II 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CPTR 280 


Discrete Structures 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Language 




3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 






CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




OR 


3 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 


MATH 


Elective 






MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area E, Natural Set. 


3 3 




Area C-l, History 


3 






Area F, Behav/Fam/HIth Sci 


2 




Area F, Behav/Fam/HIth Sci 


_3_ 
15 


15 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
15 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysts 






CPTR 413 


Software Dev Practicum 


3 




OR 




2 


CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 








Area B, Religion (UD.J 


3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Mgmt 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 






Elective, Computer Sci 


3 




Area D-l, Foreign Language 


3 


3 




Elective 


7 9 




Area G-l, Creative 










16 16 




OR 


1 


1 










Area G-3, Recreation Skills 














Elective, Computer Sci 


3 


4 










Elective 


3 


3 









16 16 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major in Computer Information Systems: Sixty-six hours consisting 
of CPTR 106, 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 413, 485; 
ACCT 121, 122, 321; ECON 224, 225; BUAD 313, 314, 334, 339, and eight 
hours of electives from business or computer. Cognates required: MATH 
181, SPCH 135, and a psychology course. 



Computer Science 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



ACCT 121-122 
CPTR 131-132 
ENGL 101-102 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
MATH 104 
SPCH 135 



YEAR1 

Prin of Accounting 
Fund of Programming 
College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheets 
Spreadsheet Applications 
Inter Algebra 
Intro to Pub Speaking 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area G-l or G-3, Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



ECON 224-225 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
MATH 114 



YEAR 2 

Prin of Economics 
COBOL Programming 
Intro to File Processing 
Precalculus 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-3, Fine Arts 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



16 16 



1st 2nd 

3 3 



3 

3 

3 3 
3 
3 

15 16 



YEAR 3 

ACCT 321 Cost & Managerial Acct I 

BUAD 313 Business Statistics 

BUAD 314 Quant Methods-Bus Decisions 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 

CPTR 318 Data Structures 

CPTR 319 Data Base Mgmt Systems 

CPTR 324 • Systems Analysis 

MATH 181 Calculus I 

Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area F-2, Family Sci 

OR 
Area F-3, Health Sci 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 
3 



BUAD 315 
BUAD 326 
BUAD 339 
CPTR 326 
CPTR 325 



YEAR 4 

Business Finance (Rec.) 
Intro to Marketing (Rec.) 
Business Law 
Systems Management 
Systems Design 
Area B, Religion (U.D.) 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area F, Psychology 
Electives in Major 
General Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



15 14 



16 16 



CPTR 413 



SUMMER 

Software Dev Practicum 



3 



(Recommended) 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major (A.S.): Twenty-four hours in computer science consisting of: 
CPTR 105, 106, 107, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 318, 319. Cognates required: 
ACCT 121, 122, 321; BUAD 334. 



Computer Science 



88 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CPTR 131-132 


Fund of Program I, II 


3 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Programming Lang 


3 


AOCT 121-122 


Prin of Accounting 


3 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Processing 


3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Processing 


1 




CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 


1 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Systems 


3 


CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base Applic 


1 




ACCT 321 


Cost Accounting 1 


3 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assembler Lang 




3 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 








Area B, Religion 


3 




OR 


3 






Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/Econ 


3 


MATH 


Elective 








Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


2 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 




3 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 






Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Elective 


_L 




Area G-3, Recreation Skills 
Elective 


1 


1 






16 16 



16 16 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 

Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating 

form letters, and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MATH 103 or 104 or Math ACT of 22. 

A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly 

used functions will be described with simple lab problems. 

CPTR 107. Introduction to Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information 

retrieval, report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. 

(Spring) 

CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours 

An overview of computer information systems. This survey course intro- 
duces computer haraware, software, procedures, systems, and human re- 
sources and explores their integration and application in business and 
other segments of society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving 
and programming in a higher-level programming language are discussed 
and applied. This course does not apply on a major in Computer Science. 
(Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 126. Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial 

planning and management. (Spring) 



Computer Science 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor. QQ 

Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, 
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a 
structured language. (Fall) 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131; Pre- or corequisite; SECR 105 or typing speed of 
35 wpm. 

An introduction to software technology including elementary data struc- 
tures for the development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring) 

CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems 

using the COBOL Language. (Fall) 

CPTR 218. FORTRAN Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

Syntax and semantics of arithmetic expressions and statements. Precedence 
of arithmetic operations and relational operators. Global properties of al- 
gorithmic languages including scope declarations, storage allocation, group- 
ing of statements, and subroutines. This course does not apply on a major. 

CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing 
techniques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organiza- 
tion, symbolic coding and assembly systems and program segmentation 
and linkage. Systems and utility programs and programming techniques. 
Several computer projects to illustrate basic machine structure and program- 
ming techniques. (Spring) 

CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Math ACT 22 or MATH 104. 

Recommended: MATH 114 and familiarity with a programming language. 
An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof tech- 
niques, and finite state automata. (Fall) 

CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random 
access files and processing techniques. Development of programs and sys- 
tems of programs for batch and interactive environments. (Spring) 

CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132, MATH 114. 

Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sortingand searching. (Fall) 



Computer Science 



CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217. Recommended CPTR 317. 

Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, 

implementation, and management issues. {Spring) 

CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of 
both classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, 
process flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system re- 
quirements. Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the de- 
velopment of computer based information systems. 

CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and 

evaluation. Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, 

module coupling, and module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's 

complexity 

CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319, 

This course presents management principles unique to the data processing 
environment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software 
version control, and user services. 

CPTR 360. Computer Hardware and System Software Concepts 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets 
and data representation, program translation concepts, operating system 
concepts, secondary storage concepts, multi-processor systems, micropro- 
gramming, and array processors. (Fall, odd years) 

CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

See TECH 376 for course description. 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219. 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and 
their run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to 
a variety of languages. (Spring) 

CPTR 413. Software Development Practicum 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 324 or 325 or permission of instructor. 
A minimum of 120 hours of programming experience. The Computer Sci- 
ence Department may prearrange some practicums with commercial data 
processing departments. These positions must be applied for six weeks 
prior to registration. Students, however, are encouraged to be responsible 
for setting up their own practicums. This must be done within the guidelines 
of the department (see instructor), and arrangements should be completed 
six weeks prior to the start of the practicum. (Summer, Fall) 



Computer Science 

CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. Q H 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current 
computer science literature. (Spring) 

CPTR 490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. 

May be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer 

science students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 

(G-2) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 






Consumer and Family Sciences 



— CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES — 

Chairman: Diane Fletcher 

Adjunct Faculty: Roy Dingle, Earl Evans, Judie Port 

Advisory Council: Patricia Brogdon, John L. Deppen, Cassandra Garner, 

Rene Mote, Katharine Powell, Patricia Rushing, Darlene Schmitz- 

Montgomery, Margaret Smith, Mary Tanner 

Note: The Consumer and Family Sciences Department is accepting 
no more majors after the 1988-89 school year. 

Consumer and Family Sciences programs are designed to prepare 
men and women for careers dealing with home and family life, food 
and nutrition, clothing and textiles, and teaching of non-vocational 
Home Economics in secondary and elementary schools. 

Flexibility of programs allows a choice of concentration to fit the 
preparation needed for the chosen Consumer and Family Sciences pro- 
fession. 

Emphasis is placed upon the Seventh-day Adventist philosophy for 
home and family living and preparation for professional, church, and 
community leadership. 

All Consumer and Family Sciences programs are planned with a 
member of the Consumer and Family Sciences faculty. Approval is then 
considered on an individual basis and is granted on the following con- 
ditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere 
in the Catalog. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the stu- 
dent. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

PROGRAMS IN CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES 

Consumer and Family Sciences can complement other disciplines. 
The following academic combinations are possible: Consumer and Fam- 
ily Sciences and Business for a career as a consumer scientist in busi- 
ness; Consumer and Family Sciences and Social Work for a career in 
gerontology; Consumer and Family Sciences and Education for a teach- 
ing career; Consumer and Family Sciences and the physical sciences 
for pre-professional preparation for medical school and paramedical 
careers. Employment opportunities abound for those who pursue ad- 
vanced degrees in one of the areas of Consumer and Family Sciences. 

Major (B.S.) — Consumer and Family Sciences: Forty-one hours in- 
cluding FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, 325; CFSC 146, 147, 148; CLTX 164, 
165, 166; CFSC 201, 202, 349, 415, 485; and six hours of upper division 
elective credit. Cognate requirements: PSYC 124; HLED 203. 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



Consumer and Family Sciences majors and candidates for Seventh- 
day Adventist secondary certification are encouraged to attend two 
approved professional meetings each semester. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CFSC 146 


Consumer Education 


2 


FONT 126 


Foods 


2 




CFSC 147 


Family Resource Mgt. 


3 


FDNT127 


Food Preparation 


1 




CLTX 164 


Textiles 


3 


CLTX 165 


Basic Clothing 


2 




CLTX 316 


Tailoring {or HMEC elec) 


3 


CFSC 148 


Orientation to Cons & Fam Sci 


1 




HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 


CLTX 166 


Inter Clothing 




2 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




Minor 


3 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 


3 


RELT 


AreaB-2 


3 






Minor 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 




3 


RELT 


AreaB-2 


3 




Area A-2, Math 




3 




Cons 4 Fam Sci Elect 


2 




Area C-l, History 




3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 






15 


14 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
15 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CFSC 201-202 


Parenting 


2 


2 


CFSC 415 


Practicum in Cons & Fam Sci 


2 


FDNT317 


Meal Management 




3 




Cons and Fam Sci Elective 


2 3 


FDNT 325 


Demonstration Tech 




2 




Minor U.D. 


3 3 


CFSC 485 


Cons & Fam Sci Seminar (W) 




2 


RELB 


Area B-l, Biblical Stud (UD.) 


3 




Minor 


3 






Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Minor UD, 




3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 


CFSC 349 


Interior Design 




3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Elective 


2 






Elective 


3 _2_ 


RELB 


Area B-l, Biblical Studies 

Area C-l, History 

Area D, Lang/tnVFine Art 


3 
3 
3 








14 16 



16 15 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and genera) education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Minor — Consumer and Family Sciences: Eighteen hours, six hours 
of which must be upper division. 

Minor — Foods and Food Service: Eighteen hours, six hours of which 
must be upper division. 

Minor — Clothing and Textiles: Eighteen hours, six hours of which 
must be upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement Requirements: See Education and Psychology 
Department. 

The bachelor of science degree in food service administration pro- 
vides the student with advanced skills in institutional food service, 



Consumer and Family Sciences 

supervision and administration. A minor in Business Administration 
is required for this degree. 

Major (B.S.) — Food Service Administration : Forty-eight hours in- 
cluding FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125, 126, 127, 129, 139, 219, 220, 317, 
325, 385; BUAD 355; FDNT 415; CFSC 495; FDNT 497. Cognate require- 
ments: CPTR 120, BIOL 125, PSYC 124 or 128. 150 hours work experience 
in food service and/or bakery and a minor in Business Administration 
is required. 

Minor — Business Administration: Eighteen hours including ACCT 
121-122, ECON 213; BUAD 334, 344 and three additional hours in Ac- 
counting, Economics or Business Administration. Recommended: 
BUAD 353. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


FNDT 111-112 


Prin Quan Fd Serv I, H 


2 


2 


FDNT 219-220 


Adv Fd Serv Prod 


3 3 


FDNT 113-114 


Quan Fd Serv Prod Lab 


3 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro Psyc 




FDNT 129 


Inst Bkg Techniques 


4 






OR 


3 


FDNT 139 


Adv Inst Bkg Tech 




4 


PSYC 128 


DevPsyc 




ENGL 101 


College Comp I 


3 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 




3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 




Elective 


3 


4 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 






16 


16 




Area A~2, Mathematics 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Elective 


0-3 
3 
3 
3 

3-0 














15 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Acct L A 


3 


3 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Comp-Bsd Sys 


3 


ECON 213 


Surv of Econ 


3 




CFSC 495 


DS{AdvFdPrep/Sci) 


3 


FDNT 325 


Demonst Techniques 




2 


BUAD 355 


Organiz Behavior 


2 


FDNT 385 


Foods & Nutr Seminar (W) 


1 




BUAD 353 


Manag of Sm Bus 




BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 






OR 


3 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgt. 




3 




Minor Elective 




FDNT 415 


Practicum in Sp Funct 


3 






AreaB.ReUUD) 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Comp II 


3 






Area C-l, History (UD) 


3 3 


BIOL 125 


Microbiology 




4 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 3 




AreaB,Rel(UD} 


16 


3 

15 




Elective 


3 

15 M 




SUMMER OF 3RD YEAR 












FDNT 497 


Internship in Food Serv 













Admin 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and genera) education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



Major (A.S.) — Pre-Dietetics: Thirty-nine hours including MATH 104, 
FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, ACCT 103, ECON 213, BIOL 101-102, 125, 
CHEM 111-112, 113-114, PSYC 124, PEAC 125. 

The associate of science degree in pre-dietetics prepares the student 
for admission to the Coordinated Undergraduate Program (CUP) in Die- 
tetics at Loma Linda University or Andrews University. Admission to 
any professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequi- 
site requirements of the individual school. Students desirous of admis- 
sion to other Coordinated Undergraduate Programs (CUP) in dietetics 
should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the requirements. 

Students applying to Andrews University should take another Area 
G-3, Rec Skills course, CPTR 120 and CFSC 148. 

Students applying to Loma Linda University should take another 
Religion course, six additional hours of Humanities — Language/Litera- 
ture / Fine Arts — which must include Speech, and SOCI 125. 






TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. PRE-DIETETICS 

(Allied Health Professions) 



ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


CFSC 148 


Orientation to Home Econ 


1 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


FDNT 127 


Food Prep 


1 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 


E00N 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


BIOL 125 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 


1 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Computer Based Sys 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 3 




Area D-4< Speech 


3 




Area C-l, History 


_3_ 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 


3 






IS 1fi 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 



17 15 



NOTE: Minimum grades of C + in Foods courses andC - in other courses must be earned. The Allied Health Professions 
Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required. 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anal & Physiology 


3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Surv of Chem Lab 


1 1 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 




FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 




BIOL 125 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 




1 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 


EOON213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 




Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


3 




Area D, Ung/Lit/F Art 


3 3 




Area C-l, History 




3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 



18 16 



19 17 



NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Test (AHPAT) is required. 



The purpose of the two-year curriculum is to prepare the student for 
a successful family experience as well as for service to his community. 
All specified courses will apply toward a Bachelor's degree in Consumer 
and Family Sciences. 

Major (A.S.) — Consumer and Family Sciences: Twenty-four hours 
including courses FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317; CFSC 146, 147, 148, 201; 
CLTX 165, plus electives to make a total of 24 hours in Consumer and 
Family Sciences; HLED 203; general electives to make a total of 64 
semester hours. 

Consumer and Family Sciences majors are encouraged to attend two 
approved professional meetings each semester. 









TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. CONSUMER AND FAMILY SCIENCES 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CFSC 148 


Orientation to Cons & Fam Sci 


1 


FONT 125 


Nutrition 


3 


CLTX 165 


Basic Clothing 


2 


CFSC 147 


Family Resource Mgt. 


3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 


CFSC 146 


Consumer Education 


2 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 


CFSC 201 


Parenting I 


2 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 




Area G-3, Recreat Skill 


1 




Area E, Natural Science 


3 




Cons & Fam Sci Elective 


2 




Cons & Fam Sci Elective 


3 




Elective 


3 11-8 




Elective 


5 



16 16 



16 16 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
the make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



The two-year associate of technology program is designed to provide 
the student with advanced skills in institutional food service production 
operations including management of special functions. All specified 
courses will apply toward a bachelor's degree in Food Service Adminis- 
tration. 



97 



Major (A.T.)— Food Service: Thirty-one hours including FONT 111, 
112, 113, 114, 125, 126, 127, 129, 139, 219, 220, 317. Cognate requirements: 
CFSC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136; PSYC 124 or 128. General education 
requirements include: ENGL 101, MATH 103, and six hours B-l or B-2, 
and electives for a total of 64 semester hours. 250 hours work experience 
in the food service and bakery are required. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.T. FOOD SERVICE 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


FDNT 111-112 


Prn/Quan Food Ser I, H 


2 2 


FDNT 219, 220 


Adv Food Serv Prod 


3 3 


FDNT 113-114 


Quan Food Serv Lab 1, 11 


3 3 


FDNT 126 


Foods 


2 


FDNT 129 


Baking Techniques 


4 


FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 


FDNT 139 


Adv Inst Baking 


4 


FDNT 317 


Meal Management 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Comp 


3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Commun 


2 


CFSC 146 


Consumer Educ 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




OR 


2-3 


PSYC 124 


Introduction to Psyc 




BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 






OR 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 






Elective 


4 1-2 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 






17 V 




Area B, Religion 
Elective 


3 
1 8-5 



16 16 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements 
for the make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



The purpose of the one-year certificate program is to provide the 
student with the basic production skills necessary for institutional food 
service. All specified courses will apply toward an associate of technol- 
ogy degree in food service. 

Certificate Program in Food Service Production: FDNT 111, 112, 113, 
114, 127, 129, CFSC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136; MATH 099; B-l or 
B-2 (three hours), and electives to complete a total of 32 semester hours. 
Work experience in the food service is required. 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



98 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
CERTIFICATE — FOOD SERVICE 



YEARl 



1st 2nd 



FDNT 111-112 


Prn/Quan Food Ser I, II 


2 


2 


FDNT 113-114 


Quan Food Serv Lab I, II 


3 


3 


FDNT 129 


Institutional Baking Tech 


4 




FDNT 127 


Food Preparation 


1 




MATH 099 


Basic Math (if needed) 







CFSC 146 


Consumer Education 








OR 




2-3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 






SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Gommunic 




2 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area G-3, Recreat Skills 


1 






Elective 


2 


7-6 






16 


16 



CLOTHING AND TEXTILES 

CLTX 164. Textiles (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of basic fibers and fabrics including properties, construction, selec- 
tion, uses, and care. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. 
(Fall, even years) 

CLTX 165. Basic Clothing (G-2) 2 hours 

Basic principles of clothing construction as applied to individual garments. 
Three hours combination lecture/laboratory each week. One lecture and 
three hours laboratory each week. Two hours of additional sewing experi- 
ence required each week. (Fall) 

CLTX 166. Intermediate Clothing (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CLTX 165 or approval of instructor. 

Principles of wardrobe planning, selection, and care for the individual. 
Emphasis is given to the relationship of the art principles to clothing. One 
lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. Two hours of additional 
sewing experience required each week. (Spring) 

CLTX 313. Clothing and Human Behavior (F-2), (W) 2 hours 

Clothing as it relates to self-expression and to the individual's adjustment 
to the physical and social environment. The Seventh-day Adventist phi- 
losophy of dress is studied. (Spring, odd years) 



CLTX 315. Pattern Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite; CLTX 165 or approval of instructor. 

Clothing design and practice in creating designs through flat pattern and 
draping techniques. Two three-hour combined lecture/laboratory periods 
each week. (Spring, even years) 



. 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



CLTX 316. Tailoring for Men and Women (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CLTX 165 or approval of instructor. 99 

Evaluation and use of various tailoring methods as applied in selection, 
fitting and construction of tailored garments. Two three-hour combined 
lecture/laboratory periods each week. (Fall, odd years) 

CLTX 345. Upholstery (£-2) 3 hours 

Laboratory experience in simple upholstering. Two three-hour combined 
lecture/laboratory periods each week. There will be a fee for supplies. 
(Spring, even years) 

CLTX 366. Advanced Clothing 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CLTX 165, 166 or approval of instructor. 
Developing expert sewing techniques, time-saving shortcuts, and use of 
distinctive details to create designer touches on individual garments. One 
three-hour combined lecture/laboratory period each week. Three hours of 
additional sewing required each week. (Fall) 



FOODS AND NUTRITION 



FDNT 111-112. Principles of Quantity Food Service I, II 2,2 hours 

Classroom instruction in physical and chemical principles of institutional 
food preparation including the principles of sanitation and safety, (Fall, 
Spring) 

FDNT 113-114. Quantity Food Service Production Laboratory 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite or corequisite: FDNT 111-112. 

Experience in food service production operations to illustrate and apply 
the principles presented in lectures of FDNT 111-112. Two five-hour labora- 
tory periods each week. (Fall, Spring) 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

An introduction to the basic principles of human nutrition. Includes study 
of the nutrients and the requirements for different age groups and normal 
physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and sociolog- 
ical influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall) 

FDNT 126. Foods (G-2) 2 hours 

Basic principles of food science including food composition, food selection, 
and physical and chemical principles of food preparation. Two hours of 
lecture each week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with 
FDNT 127. (Fall) 

FDNT 127. Food Preparation (G-2) 1 hour 

Principles of quality food preparation. Efforts will be made to meet the 
specific needs and interests of the group. One three-hour discussion and 
laboratory per week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with 
FDNT 126. (Fall) 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



100 



FONT 129. Institutional Baking Techniques 4 hours 

Lecture and experience in principles of commercial institutional bakery 
production and operation, including purchasing, equipment layout, main- 
tenance, and sanitation. One hour of lecture and two five-hour laboratory 
periods each week. (Fall) 

FDNT 139. Advanced Institutional Baking Techniques 4 hours 

Prerequisite: FDNT 129 

Lecture and laboratory experience in advanced principles and techniques 
of commercial and institutional bakery production and operation. One hour 
lecture and two five-hour laboratory periods each week. (Spring) 

FDNT 151. Creative Cuisines (G-l) 1 hour 

Laboratory course in gourmet food preparation. Emphasis will be on prac- 
tical cookery for today's lifestyle. The course will include: international 
cuisines; microwave cooking; baking; preparation of convenience foods; 
and vegetarian entrees. This course may, with department approval, be 
substituted for FDNT 127. (Spring) 

FDNT 219-220. Advanced Food Service Production 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 111-112, 113-114, 139. 

Lecture and experience in recipe development, menu planning, and man- 
agement of banquets and special functions. Two lectures and three hours 
of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

FDNT 317. Meal Management (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor. 
Experience in planning, costing, and serving meals to family-sized groups; 
problems in consumer economics and art of home food service. Two lectures 
and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring) 

FDNT 325. Demonstration Techniques 2 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor. 
Purposes, standards, and techniques of giving demonstrations with appli- 
cation to education and business settings. There will be a fee for supplies. 
(Spring, even years) 

FDNT 385. Foods and Nutrition Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Studies in a variety of current topics relating to foods and nutrition. Topics, 
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest. 
(Fall, odd years) 

FDNT 415. Practicum in Special Functions 3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 139, 219-220, 317, 385. 

Hands-on experience in all phases of catering for banquets and a variety 

of special functions. 140 clock hours of laboratory experience required. 

(Fall) 

FDNT 497. Internship in Food Service Administration 4 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 139, 219-220, 317, 325, 385, 415. 
A tailored program in a selected food service facility will include 400 clock 
hours of on-the-job experience in production, supervision, and administra- 
tion. One-third regular tuition rate. (Summer) 



Consumer and Family Sciences 

LIFE MANAGEMENT 



CFSC 146. Consumer Education (F-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in consumer education from the standpoint of purchasing 
and money management as related to the home and its personal needs. 
(Spring, odd years) 

CFSC 147. Family Resource Management (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the achievement of family goals through management of personal 
and family resources including time, money, energy, and health. (Fall, even 

years) 

CFSC 148. Orientation to Consumer and Family Sciences 1 hour 

Orientation in the areas qf Consumer and Family Sciences and a study of 
the field in terms of history, philosophy, and professional opportunities. 
(Fall, odd years) 

CFSC 201. Parenting I (F-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of parent- 
infant interaction. Particular emphasis will be given to family planning, 
the childbirth experience, and care of the infant. (Fall) 

CFSC 202. Parenting II (F-2) 2 hours 

An examination of a variety of specific techniques for developing communi- 
cation and working relationships between parents and children. Discussion 
of common problems of young children and of methods of modifying be- 
havior. Special emphasis will pe given to discipline, communication skills, 
and understanding and relating to children's individual characteristics. 
(Spring) 

CFSC 225. Life Skills 2 hours 

A basic course presenting a variety of skills necessary for successful living 
in today's world. NOT available for credit towards a Home Economics 
major or minor. 

CFSC 244. Household Equipment (G-2) 2 hours 

Evaluation, use, and care of household appliances and equipment. (Spring, 
odd years) 

CFSC 349. Interior Design (F-2) 3 hours 

A basic design course dealing with the principles of applied art in the 
home. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring, odd 
years) 

CFSC 385. Home Management Seminar 1 hour 

Studies in a variety of current trends relating to home management. Topics, 
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest. 
(Fall, even years) 



Consumer and Family Sciences 



102 



CFSC 415. Practicum in Consumer and Family Sciences 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Twenty hours in Consumer and Family Sciences including 
CFSC 147 and 349, and FDNT 317, or approval of the instructor. 
Experience in solving problems of family living. Laboratory will include 
personal management as well as working in the community. Registration 
required at the department office one semester in advance. (Spring) 

CFSC 465. Topics in Consumer and Family Sciences 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in Consumer and Family Sciences presented in a lecture 
and/or laboratory setting. This course may be repeated for credit. 

CFSC 485. Consumer and Family Sciences Seminar (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Twenty hours completed in Consumer and Family Sciences. 
Recent trends in Consumer and Family Sciences and related professional 
fields. Required of and limited to majors. (Spring, even years) 

CFSC 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

To permit the advanced student majoring in Consumer and Family Sciences 
to do individual work in the field under the direction of a staff member. 
By departmental approval which must be obtained before the semester 
begins. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Home Economics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Fall) 

(F-2), (F-3), (G-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



Education / Psychology 

EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY 



Chairman: Gerald Colvin 

Faculty: Ben Bandiola, Jon Green, Carole Haynes, Cyril Roe, Helen 
Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske 

Adjunct Faculty: Frank Di Memmo, Ernest Stevens, Faculty of Col- 
legedale Academy Faculty of Spalding Elementary School, South- 
ern Union Elementary Supervisors and Superintendents 

Advisory Council: Lyle Anderson, Ben Bandiola, Gerald Colvin, Jim 
Epperson, Merle Greenway, Carole Haynes, Charles Lindsey, Nor- 
wida Marshall, Larry Miller, Jeanette Stepanske, Don Weatherall 



DEGREES OFFERED 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology has been a stand-alone majorat Southern College for more 
than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields as 
marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling, 
school psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial 
and experimental psychology — as well as business, law, dentistry, and 
medicine. Statistical and simulation computer software have enhanced 
student research practice and training — with Apples, Model 4's, IBM's 
and compatibles, and campus terminals. 

At Southern College — and elsewhere — the Psychology major is 
considered pre-professional. It is an undergraduate major in psychology 
which will serve as preparation for later study at the master's and 
doctoral degree levels. In order to improve one's chances for admission 
to graduate programs, a student will want to (a) achieve well in psychol- 
ogy and general education courses, (b) take as many psychology electives 
as possible, along with statistics and computer science, (c) obtain a 
competitive score on graduate admission tests (usually the GRE) taken 
during the fall of the senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or more specific 
schools for graduate study. 

Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 384 and 415. Cog- 
nate requirements are MATH 215 (with C - grade or above) and three 
hours each in biology and computer science. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including PSYC 124, 128. Six hours of upper 
division are required for the minor in psychology. 



Education / Psychology 



104 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. PSYCHOLOGY* 

(Biology Minor) 

124 semester hours, 40 of which are upper division, are required. 

PLEASE NOTE: It may not be necessary to take these courses in the 
order given. Please consult your advisor about the selection of courses. 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


PSYC 224 


Social Psychology 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 


3 


PSYC 233 


Human Sexuality 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 


3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Processing 


1 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


3 3 


CPTR 106 


Intro Spreadsheets 


1 




AreaG-3 


1 


CPTR 107 


Intro Data Base 


1 




Area B-l 


3 




AreaB-2 


3 




AreaC-1 


3 3 




AreaD-2 


3 






15 16 




AreaD-4 

Foreign Language 
Genetics 


3 
3 3 
4 

16 ff 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4" 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


PSYC 384 


Experimental Psychology 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 


3 


PSYC 326 


Physiological Psychology 


3 


PSYC 415 


History and Systems Psych 


3 


PSYC 377 


Fundamentals of Counseling 


3 


BIOL 317 


Ecology 


3 


BIOL 415 


Comparative Anatomy 


3 


BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 


3 




Area B-l 


3 




Religion (U.D.) 


3 




Area C-2 


3 




Area E-3, Natural Science 


3 




Electives 


4 1 

16 17 




Electives 


6 _6_ 
15 15 



A minor in Biology could be helpful. A three-hour course in Mathematics is required if the ACT standard mathematics 
score is below 22. An additional one-hour course in MATH 100 Basic Mathematics is required if the ACT score is 
below 16. Three writing classes are required, including at least one in the major and one not in the major. 
The student working toward a Psychology major should take the GRE Aptitude and Advanced (Psychology) tests 
in the fall of his or her senior year. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



Major: Forty-one hours including EDUC 125, 134, 217, 230 or 231, 
240, 250, 332, 333, 356, 427, 443, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, and 467. 
Cognate requirements include HLED 203, GEOG 204, LIBR 325, ENGL 
218. (ENGL 218 not required for students with English ACT of 25 or 
above.) 



Education / Psychology 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


HIST 154-155 


American History 


3 3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




EDUC 250 


Computers in Classroom 


2 


BIOL 104 


Princ of Biology + lab 


4 




GEOG 204 


World Geography 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 




3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science {+ lab) 


4 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 




PEAC 


Elective 


1 


EDUC 125 


Foundations of Education 


3 




EDUC 240 


Exceptional Child 


2 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 




3 


EDUC 231 


Music Methods 




PEAC 


Elective 


1 






OR 


2 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 




2 


EDUC 230 


Art Methods 




EDUC 134 


Princ of Christian Educ 




2 


HMNT205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math (math elec) 




3 


MATH 


(104, 114, 215) 


3 






16 


16 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 






EDUC 217 


Psychological Found 


3 



NOTE: At the end of this year apply for admission to 
Teacher Education Program. Forms in SH 103. The PPST 
and the 16 PF must be passed at the appropriate levels 
before admission to Teacher Education Program. Admis- 
sion is necessary to take Education courses 200 or above. 



16 16 

NOTE: An alternative to HMNT 205 is to take both 
MUHL 115 and ART 318. 



105 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 218 


Principles of Grammar 


2 




PEAC 


Elective 


1 


ENGL 


Literature Elective 




3 


EDUC 455 


Bible Methods 


2 


EDUC 332 


Teaching of Reading 


2 




EDUC 457 


Social Studies Methods 


2 


PEAC 


Elective 




1 


ENGL 


Literature Elective 


3 


CHEMPHYS 


Elective with lab 


4 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Educ 


2 


EDUC 453 


Math Methods 




2 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 


EDUC 454 


Sci/Hlth Methods 


2 




EDUC 443 


Classroom Competencies 


3 


EDUC 456 


Language Arts Methods 




2 


EDUC 467 


Student Teaching Pract 


8 


EDUC 333 


Developmental Reading 




2 


RELB 


Area B-l, Bib Stud (UD,) 


3 


LIBR 325 


Library Material for Chn 




3 




Elective 


4 


PETH 463 


PE in the Elem. School 




2 






15 15 


RELB 


Area B-l, Biblical Stud 


3 












Elective 


2 




NOTE: NTE Examination must be taken during Senior 



15 15 
NOTE: Apply for Student Teaching. Forms in SH 103. 



year before the student can be recommended for certifi- 
cation. 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Southern College has approved teacher certification programs in three, 
levels: 
K-8 
Elementary 

K-12 

. Art Education 

Health/Physical Education 

Music Education 



Education / Psychology 



106 



7-12 
Bible Education 
Business Education with cluster endorsements in 

Accounting 

Basic Business 

Data Processing 

Office Technology 
Biology Education 
Chemistry Education 
English Education 
Foreign Language Education 
History Education 
Mathematics Education 
Physics Education 

Philosophy and Objectives 

The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly au- 
thorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for 
public, church-related, and other private elementary and secondary 
schools. The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon 
a liberal arts demand for breadth and depth of knowledge and experience 
and on the belief that a teacher should be a good example in health, 
intellect, and character. This program of teacher education is guided 
by the following statement of mission: 

Statement of Mission 

The Education Department operates within the context of the 
educational philosophy and objectives of Southern College of 
Seventh-day Adventists. The Education Department is commit- 
ted to preparing educational personnel — primarily for the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church school system and, secondarily, 
for the public schools — who can function effectively in a cultur- 
ally pluralistic society and successfully serve school clientele 
with diverse backgrounds and abilities. The Education Depart- 
ment is further committed to utilizing the latest developments 
in technology, educational research, academic resources of the 
institution and allied agencies, and personnel to provide a uni- 
fied approach to general education, professional studies and 
specialty studies. 

Objectives of the Teacher Education Program 

The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal 
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to 
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person^ a facilitator of 
learning, a practitioner, and a professional. 



Education / Psychology 



The Teacher As a Person 



To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher 
which includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral, by guidance 
and advisement through general education which results in: 

1. an understanding, appreciation, and enjoyment of man's creative 
activity in the humanities, social, and natural sciences; 

2. a development of personal values that recognize our pluralistic 
cultural heritage as well as individual worth and integrity and 
brotherhood of mankind under God; 

3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in reading, 
writing, speaking, and listening; 

4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance of health 
practices in home and family life. 

The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning 

To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the 
teacher candidate to master the skills in: 

5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with appropriate 
materials and instructional strategies; 

6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels; 

7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies; 

8. handling classroom management and reinforcement strategies; 

9. applying principles of human growth and development and 
theories of learning to classroom situations; 

10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing character 
development; 

1 1 . recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum possible 
development of student abilities. 

The Teacher As a Practitioner 

To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring 
the knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful 
practitioners through: 

12. enhancement of positive attitute toward self, intellectual curiosity, 
and independent critical thinking; 

13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new pedagogical 
practices and basic tools of learning; 

14. utilization of translatable research; 

15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences in public 
and private schools. 

The Teacher As a Professional 

To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the de- 
velopment of leadership skills while encouraging attitude and experi- 
ences that foster professional growth by: 



107 



Education / Psychology 



16. participating actively in the campus student education associa- 
tion; 

17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and their 
journals and the nature of the articles reported in them; 

18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school reform 
and legislation; 

19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and commu- 
nity relationships. 

Advisement 

The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher 
candidate with the total teacher education program, with major em- 
phasis on its three components, namely, general education, professional 
education, and specialty studies. This is accomplished by the academic 
advisor as he/she interacts with his/her advisees during advisement 
sessions. 

Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that teach- 
ing is his/her professional objective is assigned an educational program 
advisor by the Chairman of the Department of Education and Psychology 
in cooperation with the advisement coordinator in the Records Office. 
Elementary education majors are assigned one major advisor from the 
Department while teacher candidates pursuing K-12 and 7-12 teaching 
certification programs are assigned two advisors, one in their special 
content area and another in education. Both advisors sign the students' 
registration form during advisement period and at registration time. 
The advisors assist in planning a student's academic program each year 
and guide their advisees through the various stages of the teacher edu- 
cation program. Students are responsible for making the necessary ap- 
plications, meeting the requirements, and the relevant deadlines. 

Requirements 

Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the 
student in teacher education. There are three stages that students must 
go through to become a certified elementary or secondary teacher. 

I. ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A. The first semester of the sophomore year but no later than the 
second semester of the sophomore year, the student should 
file a formal application for admission to the teacher education 
program. This applies to both elementary and secondary 
teacher education candidates. Transfer students wishing to 
enter the Teacher Education program later than the sophomore 
year should file an application the first semester in residence. 
Upon application to Teacher Education Program a file is set 
up for each applicant containing relevant information to the 



Education / Psychology 

up for each applicant containing relevant information to the 
student's candidacy. Students who desire to teach are urged jyQ 
to seek admission as soon as possible in the sophomore year. 

B. Teacher education institutions are charged with the responsi- 
bility of assuring that students approved for entrance into 
teacher preparation programs demonstrate competency in the 
verbal and quantitative skills at an approved performance 
level. As a requirement for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program, all students must demonstrate this competency by 
obtaining a specific score on the Pre-Professional Skills Test 
(PPST), a standardized test approved by the Tennessee State 
Board of Education. Inquiries concerning this test may be made 
with the Testing and Counseling office. 

C. The Education faculty, along with other personnel, evaluate 
the candidates and recommend them to the Teacher Education 
Council. The Council will then admit competent individuals 
who also meet the following criteria: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 

2. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50. 

3. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum of C-. 

4. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness. 

5. Indicate professional commitment to education at time of 
interview with the Education faculty. 

6. Have successfully completed the following classes: EDUC 
125 and 134 with a minimum of C-. 

7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) which 
is the entrance competency test required by the State of 
Tennessee. 

8. Have taken the 16-Personality Factor Questionnaire. 

D. The student will be informed in writing as to the status of the 
application for admission following the action of the Teacher 
Education Council. 

E. Upon admission into the Teacher Education program students 
will be permitted to take education courses numbered 200 or 
above. 

F. After admission into the Teacher Education program, the 
teacher candidate assumes greater responsibility for meeting 
certification requirements. This will involve periodic review 
of his/her program with the certification officer. 

II. ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER 

A. A formal application must be filed with the Division Chairman 
prior to the end of the junior year. A later application may 
delay the student teaching experience. 



Education / Psychology 



B. Applicant's qualifications: 

11Q 1. Before applicants may be admitted to the professional 

semester, they must have completed all lower division pro- 
fessional education courses, plus at least 8 hours in methods 
courses for the elementary school majors. Student teaching 
is regarded as the culminating experience of the Teacher 
Education program. 

2. Elementary education applicants must have a grade point 
average of at least 2.50 in the professional core and 2.50 in 
required non-major subjects. 

Secondary teacher education applicants must have a 
minimum grade point average of 2.50 in the professional 
core subjects and 2.50 for subject area endorsements both 
overall and at Southern College. 

3. All applicants must show evidence of good physical and 
mental health. 

4. All applicants must adhere to the standards and objectives 
of Southern College and the teacher education program. 

5. All applicants must be approved by action of the Education 
faculty and the Teacher Education Council. 

C. Students will be informed in writing as to their status in the 
teacher education program. 

III. RETENTION IN THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A. After the applicant has been admitted to the teacher education 
program his/her progress will be reviewed after each nine- week 
period by the Department Chairman or a delegated member 
of the Education faculty. 

1. Criteria include: 

a. Adequate academic progress including maintenance of 
the academic standard required for admission to the 
teacher education program. 

b. Consistent personal representation of the standards and 
objectives of Southern College and the teacher education 
program. 

B. The teacher education faculty reserves the option to disqualify 
a person at any point in his teacher education program if it 
becomes evident that standards for admission are not being 
upheld. The student has the right to appeal any such decision 
through the Teacher Education Council with the Academic 
Dean in consultation. 

C. The required courses for graduation may be altered during the 
student's program at any time to meet revised certification 
standards of either the denomination or the state. It is the 



Education / Psychology 

responsibility of each student to check periodically with the 
certification officer to ensure requirements are being met. Ill 

Appeal Procedures 

If a student wishes to contest a decision of the Teacher Education 
Council, a request for an appeal meeting with the Council may be 
brought to the chairman of the council. The chairman calls for a meeting 
where the contested decision is reviewed. If the decision remains unac- 
ceptable, a hearing before the student grievance committee, which is 
set up by the College Administration, may be requested. The decision 
of the committee is binding and will be implemented. 

Teacher Certification 

Certification is the process of granting legal authorization to teach in 
the public or private elementary or secondary schools of a state or of 
the Seventh-day Adventist Church based on meeting predetermined 
qualifications. Certification has been established to give professional 
status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards and parents 
that the teacher is well prepared. 

Who can obtain certification? 

Every student who successfully completes the requirements for teach- 
ing in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from Southern 
College will receive recommendation for certification based upon the 
following criteria: 

A. Successful completion of student teaching assignment 

B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements 

C. Recommendation of major departments 

D. Satisfactory score on the core battery and appropriate specialty 
area of the National Teacher Examination 

E. Approval of the Teacher Education Council. 

Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the 
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for denomi- 
national certification and to the specific state department of education 
where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding certifica- 
tion is available through the certification officer. Since teacher certifica- 
tion regulations are always in the process of change, graduating teacher 
education candidates are urged to make their applications for certifica- 
tion immediately. 

What certificates may be obtained? 

A. Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee) 

A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's 
Degree with a major in at least one subject teaching field and the 
completion of an approved teacher education program. 



Education / Psychology 



112 



B. Other States 
Similar to A 

Graduates of NCATE-approved teacher education programs are 
eligible for reciprocity when applying to teach in the elementary 
or secondary schools of many states. Since the teacher education 
program of Southern College is NCATE-accredited, graduates qual- 
ify for this privilege. 

C. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational) 

Required by Seventh-day Adventist Department of Education, this 
seven-year denominational certificate is issued on the basis of 
completing the following courses in addition to the above require- 
ments. 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

Requirements for Certification 

Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate 
teacher preparation curriculum. This consists of three components — 
general education, professional education, and specialty studies. 
A. General Education — 45-50 hours 

This component represents that portion of the total teacher educa- 
tion program designed to foster the development of those com- 
petencies that are basic to all life's responsibilities and provide 
intellectual foundation in the liberal arts. Students pursuing a 
teacher education curriculum must work closely with their ad- 
visors for guidance in the selection of general education courses 
that are appropriate to their individual needs. Relevant courses 
are listed under seven areas of the general education requirements 
in the Southern College Catalog. 

Subject Matter Requirements: Even though the Elementary Edu- 
cation student may elect to take a major and a minor in teaching 
fields represented in the elementary school curriculum, he or she 
must also satisfy the following Tennessee requirements for certifi- 
cation: 

1. Basic Academic Skills 

ENGL 101-102 College Composition >s 6 hours 

MATH Mathematics 6 hours 

2. Religion 12 hours 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB 6 hours 

3. History/Political Science/Economics 

HIST 154,155 American History 6 hours 

GEOG 204 World Geography 3 hours 



Education / Psychology 



4. Language/Literature/Fine Arts 
MUHL 115 Listening to Music 
ART 218 Art Appreciation 

OR i 3-5 hours 

HMNT 205 Humanities 

Literature 6 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

5. Science 

Biology 4 hours 

Chemistry or Physics 4 hours 

Earth Science 4 hours 

6. Behavioral and Family Science 
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 

OR , 3 hours 

SOCI 365 Family Relations 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

HLED 203 Safety Education 2 hours 

7. Skills 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

Physical Education 

activity courses 4 hours 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

The professional education requirements for elementary educa- 
tion are listed together with the requirements for specialty studies. 

B. Professional Education — 28 hours 

The following courses are required for secondary teaching certifi- 
cation: 

1. Must be taken prior to admission to Teacher Education Program. 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

2. lb be taken only after admission into Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education . 3 hours 
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

3. To be taken during the professional semester. 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 8 hours 



113 



Education / Psychology 



114 



Professional Semester: 

One semester of the senior year is a professional semester. 

Some secondary methods classes are taught only first or second 
semester. Consult class schedule for current offerings. 

Courses marked in section B3 above should be taken in the 
following sequences: 

First part of the semester: 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (Seminar) . 1 hour 

Second part of the semester: 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (full day) . 8 hours 

Because of time commitments during the student teaching ex- 
perience, employment will not be permitted and additional course 
work will be by permission only. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity 
for student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching cen- 
ters. 

Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one- 
fourth of the credit required for the certificate provided that no 
more than four semester hours in education are applied on the 
professional education requirement. If personal circumstances de- 
mand a correspondence course, a petition must be filed with the 
Teacher Education Council and its approval obtained before regis- 
tering for the course. The course must be completed and the grade 
filed in the Records Office before student teaching is begun. 

It is expected that any student entering the professional semes- 
ter will have completed all course materials up to that point. 
Specifically, no student will be allowed to enter Special Methods 
of Teaching (EDUC 438) or Curriculum and General Methods 
(EDUC 437) with any incompletes on their transcript. 

A major is not always required for additional endorsements. A 
minor is always acceptable as a second field for SDA certification. 

Specialty Studies — 30-50 semester hours 
*Art Education K-12 

Required 17 

ART 104 Beginning Drawing I 2 

ART 105 Beginning Drawing II 2 

ART 109 Design I 3 

ART 110 Design II 3 

ART 344 History of Art 3 

ART 345 Contemporary Art 3 

ART 499 Senior Project 1 

* No new majors accepted after 1988-89 school year. 



Education / Psychology 






Electives (at least 14 hours Upper Division) 19 

ART 215 Sculpture . . 3 

ART 217 Printmaking 3 

ART 221 Painting I . . , . . 3 

ART 222 Painting II 3 

ART 235 Ceramics 3 

ART 311 Painting III 3 

ART 312 Painting IV 3 

ART 313 Drawing HI 3 

ART 314 Drawing IV , 3 

ART 295/495 Directed Study 1-3 

ART 218 or 318 Art Appreciation 3 

TOTAL 36 



Bible Education 7-12 

Major (33 hours) 
RELB 125 
RELT 138 
RELB 236 
RELB 345 
RELB 346 
RELB 435 
RELB 436 
RELB 425 
RELB 426 
RELT 484 
RELT 485 



Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 

Adventist Heritage 3 

Biblical Interpretation 3 

Pentateuch and Writings , 3 

Prophets 3 

New Testament Studies I 3 

New Testament Studies II 3 

Studies in Daniel 3 

Studies in Revelation 3 

Christian Theology I ♦ . 3 

Christian Theology II 3 

TOTAL 33 



Biology Education 7-12 

There are two tracks leading to certification for teaching biology in 
the secondary schools — B. A. or B.S. in biology for secondary teaching. 
The B.A. track requires a 20-hour minor in chemistry or physics. The 
B.S. track is a 40-hour major with 22 hours cognates. 

B.A. in Biology 

Major (31 hours) 

BIOL 151, 152 General Biology 8 

BIOL 316 Genetics 4 

BIOL 330 General Microbiology 4 

BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science 3 

BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 1 

BIOL 226 Environment and Man 

OR 3 

BIOL 317 Ecology 

BIOL 408 Flowering Plants 3 

BIOL 418 Animal Physiology 

OR 3 

BIOL 419 Plant Physiology 

Biology elective 3 

(Vertebrate field course highly recommended) 



Education / Psychology 



116 



Minor (20 hours) 

CHEMISTRY 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 

CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry 8 

CHEM 323 Biochemistry 4 

OR 
PHYSICS 

PHYS 211-214 General Physics 8 

Physics electives 12 

Cognate (10 hours) 

CPTR Computer Course 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

ERSC 105-106 Earth Science 4 

B.S. in Biology 
Major (40 hours) 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 

BIOL 316 Genetics 4 

BIOL 330 General Microbiology 4 

BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science 3 

BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 1 

BIOL 226 Environment and Man 

OR , 3 

BIOL 317 Ecology 

BIOL 412 Cell Biology 3 

BIOL 408 Flowering Plants 3 

BIOL 418 Animal Physiology 

OR 3 

BIOL 419 Plant Physiology 

BIOL 415 Comparative Anatomy (3) 

OR 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology I, II (6) 

Biology elective 3-6 

(Vertebrate field course highly recommended) 

Cognates (22 hours) 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 

MATH 114 Elementary Functions and 

Relations 4 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

ERSC 105-106 Earth Science 4 

CPTR Computer Course 3 

Business Education 7-12 

Core Requirements 

ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 

ECON 224-225 Principles of Economics 6 

BUAD 339 Business Law 3 

SECR 315 Business Communications 3 

SECR 218 Business Math and 

Calculating Machines 2 



Education / Psychology 



SECR 105 Beginning Typewriting 3 

CPTR 120 Computer-Based Systems 3 441 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 ■ ■ * 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 

BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 

TOTAL 35 

Additional Requirements for Cluster Endorsements 

Basic — Business 
BUAD 358 Business/Ethical/Social 

Environment of Business 3 

ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6 

Accounting 

ACCT 211-212 Intermediate Accounting 6 

Data Processing 

CPTR 131 Basic Programming Language I . 3 

Two of the following: CPTR 105, 106, or 107 . 2 

MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra 3 

Office Technology 

SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 

SECR 223 Concepts of Information Processing 2 

SECR 323 Wfcrd Processing Text-Editing 3 

SECR 213 Records Management 2 

SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 

SECR 104 Shorthand I 4 

SECR 114 Shorthand II 4 

Chemistry Education 7-12 

Major 30 

CHEM 151 General Chemistry 4 

CHEM 152 General Chemistry 4 

CHEM 311 Organic Chemistry 3 

CHEM 312 Organic Chemistry 3 

CHEM 313 Organic Chemistry Lab * 3 

CHEM 314 Organic Chemistry Lab 3 

CHEM 315 Analytical Chemistry 4 

CHEM 325 Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3 

CHEM 321 Instrumental Analysis 4 

CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar 1 

Cognates 

MATH 181 Calculus I 4 

CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming 3 

Elementary Education K-8 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations 3 



Education / Psychology 



118 



EDUC 230 Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Art {2} 

OR 
EDUC 231 Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Music {2) 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 

ECUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2 

EDUC 333 Developmental Reading \ 2 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 

EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 3 

EDUC 453 Math Methods in the Elementary School 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 455 Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 

EDUC 456 Language Arts Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 467 Student Teaching, 1-8 _8 

TOTAL 41 
Cognates 

HLED 203 Safety Education 2 

GEOG 204 World Geography , 3 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 

ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2 

{or English ACT of 25 or above) 

TOTAL 10 
English Education 7-12 

ENGL 215 Survey of English Literature 3 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3 

ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2 

ENGL 314 Creative Writing , 3 

ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 2 

ENGL 335 Biblical Literature 3 

ENGL 445 Vtorld Literature 3 

Two of the following three: 6 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature (3) 

ENGL 333 American Literature From Colonial 

Through Romantic Periods (3) 
ENGL 334 American Literature From 

Realism to the Present (3) 

Two of the following four: , 6 

ENGL 336 Medieval and Renaissance Literature (3) 

ENGL 337 Nineteenth-Century British Literature (3) 

ENGL 338 Twentieth-Century Writers (3) 

ENGL 444 Restoration and Eighteenth- 

Century Literature (3) — 

TOTAL 31 



Education / Psychology 



Cognates 

HIST 374 History of England 3 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 

Intermediate foreign language 6 

LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 

EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2 

OR 

EDUG 333 Developmental Reading 2 

TOTAL ~16 
Health, Physical Education and Recreation Education K-12 

Major (40 hours) 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 

HLED 314 Kinesiology 3 

HLED 315 Physiology of Exercise 3 

HLED 373 Care and Prevention of 

Athletic Injuries 2 

HLED 473 Health Education 2 

PETH 121 Professional Skills, Team Activities 2 

PETH 122 Professional Skills, Team Activities 2 

PETH 221 Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2 

PETH 222 Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2 

PETH 265 Officiating Sports Analysis 2 

PETH 266 Officiating Sports Analysis 2 

PETH 363 Introduction to Measurement and 

Research of Physical Education 3 

PETH 364 Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 

PETH 374 Motor Learning and Development 2 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the 

Elementary School 2 

PETH 295/495 Directed Study 1-2 

PEAC 254 Lifesaving 1 

PEAC 255 Water Safety Instructor 1 

Cognates 

FDNT 125 Nutrition 3 

BIOL 101, 102 Anatomy and Physiology 3 

History Education 7-12 

Required 

HIST 154 American History and Institutions 3 

HIST 155 American History and Institutions 3 

HIST 174 Survey of Civilization ... 3 

HIST 175 Survey of Civilization 3 

HIST 499 Research Methods in History 3 

PLSC 254 American National and State Government ... 3 

Electives (2 courses from each area) 

Area 1 : American History , 6 

HIST 354 Latin America (3) 

HIST 355 History of the South (3) 



119 



Education / Psychology 



120 



HIST 356 Natives and Strangers (3) 

HIST 357 Modern America (3) 

HIST 359 Transformation of American Culture (3) 

Area 2: European History , 6 

HIST 374 History of England (3) 

HIST 375 Ancient World (3) 

HIST 386 Rise of the West (3) 

HIST 389 Vienna to Vietnam (3) 

HIST 364 Christian Church I: From the Early 

Church Through the Middle Ages (3) 
HIST 365 Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the 20th Century (3) 

TOTAL 30 

Mathematics Education 7-12 

MATH 114 Elementary Functions and Relations 3 

MATH 181 Calculus I 4 

MATH 182 Calculus II 4 

MATH 218 Calculus III 3 

MATH 216 Set Theory and Logic 2 

MATH 318 Algebraic Structures 3 

MATH 411 Intermediate Analysis . . . . . 3 

MATH 485 Mathematics Seminar 1 

Three courses from the following: « 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

MATH 314 Applied Finite Mathematics 3 

MATH 315 Differential Equations 3 

MATH 316 Mathematics of Physics 3 

MATH 317 Complex Variables ; 3 

MATH 319 Linear Algebra 3 

MATH 405 Numerical Analysis 3 

MATH 412 Intermediate Analysis 3 

MATH 415 Geometry 3 

Cognates 

CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming 

OR 3 

CPTR 218 FORTRAN Programming Language 

Modern Languages 

French 

A. Single Endorsement 

2 Years High School French 
OR 

FREN 101-102 Elementary French 6 

FREN 211 Intermediate French 3 

FREN 212 Intermediate French 3 

Electives — 12 semester hours from the following overseas studies: 

(The following electives are in quarter hours.) 
FREN 210 Phonetics (2) 

FREN 220 Elementary Composition (2-3) 



Education / Psychology 



FREN 230 Elementary Cartography (2-3) 

FREN 251-53 Elementary Conversation (3-9) 
FREN 254-56 Religious Conversation (3-6) 
FREN 300 Advanced French (6) 

FREN 320 Intermediate Composition (2-3) 

FREN 321 Advanced Composition (3) 

FREN 330 Intermediate Orthography (2-3) 

FREN 351-53 Intermediate Conversation (6) 
FREN 354-56 Religious Conversation (3-6) 
FREN 361-63 Literary Discussion (6-9) 
FREN 381-83 Introduction to French Literature (6) 
FREN 421-22 Literary Composition (6) 
FREN 431-32 Advanced Orthography (6) 
FREN 441-43 Advanced Grammar (6-12) 
FREN 451-53 Advanced Conversation (6) 
FREN 461-63 Literary Discussion (9) 
FREN 471-73 French Civilization (9) 
FREN 481-83 Studies in French Literature (9) 
FREN 491-93 Studies in French Literature (9) — 

TOTAL 18 
B. Group Endorsement Plan 
2 Years High School French 

OR 

FREN 101-102 Elementary French 6 

From section A above 12 

Second Language ~ 12 

Electives from A above and/or 

Second Language 6 

German 

A. Single Endorsement 

2 Years High School German 
OR 

GRMN 101-102 Elementary German 6 

GRMN 211 Intermediate German . . 3 

GRMN 212 Intermediate German 3 

Electives — 12 semester hours from the following overseas studies: 

GRMN 211 Composition - Dictation I . 2 

GRMN 221 Conversation I 1 

GRMN 231 Reading and Pronunciation I 1 

GRMN 301 Grammar II 2 

GRMN 302 Grammar III 4 

GRMN 305 Spelling II 1 

GRMN 306 Spelling HI 1 

GRMN 311 Composition and Dictation II 2 

GRMN 312 Composition and Dictation III 2 

GRMN 321 Conversation II 1 

GRMN 322 Conversation II I 

GRMN 331 Reading and Pronunciation II 1 

GRMN 332 Reading and Pronunciation HI 1 

GRMN 334-35 Survey of German Literature 6 

TOTAL 18 



121 



Education / Psychology 



B. Group Endorsement Plan 
2 Years High School German 

OR 

GRMN 101-102 Elementary German 6 

From section A above * 12 

Second Language 12 

Electives from A above and/or 

Second Language 6 

Spanish 

A. Single Endorsement 

2 Years High School Spanish 
OR 

SPAN 101-102 Elementary Spanish 6 

SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 3 

SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish . . . 3 

Electives — 12 semester hours from the following overseas studies: 

SPAN 251 Intermediate Spanish Grammar 3 

SPAN 261 Intermediate Spanish Composition 3 

SPAN 271 Intermediate Spanish Conversation 3 

SPAN 301 Spanish Folklore 3 

SPAN 311 Spain and Its Culture ... 3 

SPAN 331 History of Spain Literature 3 

SPAN 341 History of Spanish American 

Literature * 3 

SPAN 351 Advanced Spanish Grammar 3 

SPAN 361 Advanced Spanish Composition 3 

SPAN 371 Advanced Spanish Conversation 3 

TOTAL 18 

B. Group Endorsement Plan 
2 Years High School Spanish 

OR 

SPAN 101-102 Elementary Spanish 6 

From section A above 12 

Second Language 12 

Electives from A above and/or 

Second Language 6 



Music Education K-12 

Music Theory I, II <> 

Aural Theory 1, II 2 

Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 

Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 

Music history courses 8 

Instrumental Conducting Techniques 3 

Choral Conducting Techniques 3 

Orchestration and Arranging 3 

TOTAL 33 





Music Core 




MUCT 111-112 




MUCT 121-122 




MUCT 211-212 




MUCT 221-222 




MUHL 320-323 




MUPF 477 




MUPF 478 




MUCT 313 



Education / Psychology 



Vocal/General Endorsement 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice 

Applied Concentration 14 

Appropriate Ensembles 8 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 2 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 

MUED Elective 2 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 

Music Elective 4 

TOTAL 33 

B. Applied Concentration Keyboard 

Applied Concentration 

{Piano or Organ) 14 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 

Appropriate Ensembles 8 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 2 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

OR 
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy 

(Organ Concentration) 2 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 

TOTAL 33 

C. Applied Concentration Instrumental 

Applied Music Concentration (one 

instrument: wind, string, or 

percussion 14 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, 

excluding keyboard) 6 

Instrumental Music Methods and 

Materials 6 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 

TOTAL 35 
Physics Education 7-12 

Major 
PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation vs. Evolution 3 

PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 

PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2 

PHYS 310 Modern Physics f 3 

PHYS 311-312 General Physics Calculus Applications 2 

PHYS 313 Physical Optics 3 

PHYS 411 Quantum Mechanics 3 

PHYS 412 Thermodynamics 3 

PHYS 413 Analytic Mechanics 3 

PHYS 480 Scientific Writing 1 

PHYS 495 Directed Study 1 



Education / Psychology 



124 



Cognates 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology i 8 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 

CPTR 218 FORTRAN 3 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 

ERSC 106 Earth Science Lab 1 

MATH 181 Calculus I . . . * 4 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

MATH 182 Calculus II 3 

MATH 315 Differential Equations 3 

MATH 316 Math of Physics 3 

MATH 415 Geometry 3 

It is expected that any student entering the professional semester will 
have completed all course materials up to that point. Specifically, no 
student will be allowed to enter Special Methods of Teaching (EDUC 
438) or Curriculum and General Methods (EDUC 437) with any incom- 
pletes on his/her transcript. 



ADDITIONAL TEACHING CERTIFICATES 

In order for a person to obtain an additional teaching credential, the 
classwork for that credential may not be completed before the original 
credential is issued. 

1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVI- 
DUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICA- 
TION. Eighteen semester hours listed below are required. A minimum 
of 12 semester hours from these courses must be completed after the 
date the applicant became eligible for a professional certificate en- 
dorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area in grades 
K-12. 

A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 2 

EDUC 333 Developmental Reading 2 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods in the Elementary School ... 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 455 Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 

EDUC 456 Language Arts Methods in the Elementary School . 2 

EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods in the Elementary School . 2 

B. Four semester hours to include two of the following three areas; 
EDUC 230 Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 

EDUC 231 Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Music 2 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 



Education / Psychology 

C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional Children 

if not previously successfully completed. If Education of Excep- j PR 
tional Children or any of the above required courses in Section ■ ™** 
A or Section B have been previously completed, the remaining 
semester hours must be taken from the following courses: 

a. Children's Literature a Health 

b. Tennessee History d. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 

2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVI- 
DUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCA- 
TION CERTIFICATION. Ten semester hours of credit after the date 
the original certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten 
must be in specialized 1 professional education appropriate to grades 
7-12 and must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate 
methods. The credit for at least one area of endorsement in grades 
7-12 may have been earned at any time prior to the application for 
adding the endorsement. 

1 Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in at 
least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education includ- 
ing: 

A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Department of Education 
and Psychology. 

3. Four semester hours of electives in addition to the Elementary 
Education degree requirements. 

3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BY STATE BOARD OF 
EDUCATION 

Procedures for securing Southern College's recommendation for state 
certification of students from institutions located out of the state: 

1. Application is made to the teacher certification officer through 
the Records Office accompanied by an official transcript and a 
recommendation from the applicant's school. 

2. Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher Certifica- 
tion Officer and approved by the Department of Education and 
Psychology and the Teacher Education Council. 

3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the applicant of any 
deficiencies. 

4. A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this service, 
to be refunded upon completion of courses at Southern College. 



Education / Psychology 



126 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 100. Student Orientation 1 hour 

A course designed to introduce and facilitate adjustment to college life. 
Topics covered include college-level study skills, time management, on- 
campus student services, and an introduction to various departments of 
study regarding career planning. 

EDUC 125. Foundations of Education 3 hours 

An orientation to early childhood, elementary and secondary education. 
Included in this course are 20 hours of observation in child care, elementary 
and secondary classrooms and a study of the history and organization of 
education, as well as an introduction to professional literature. The student 
is required to take all screening tests for admission to the teacher education 
program, as well as completing application forms. 

EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations 
of school systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular em- 
phasis on the Seventh-day Adventist educational system. 

Students taking Education courses numbered 200 and above must 
have credit for EDUC 125 and 134 and be admitted to the Teacher 
Education program. Exceptions may be granted by permission of the 
Department of Education chairman. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the Depart- 
ment of Education chairman. 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, 
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. Observa- 
tion and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors. 

EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various 
levels of the elementary school. Observation and participation in art ac- 
tivities with elementary students will be scheduled. 

EDUC 231. Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Music 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, MUCT 100 (or permission 
of instructor) or MUHL 115. 

A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the 
elementary classroom. The content includes appreciation, singing, playing, 
and rhythmic activities with attention to current methods including Orfi, 
Kodaly, and movement education. Observation and participation in the 
music program of the elementary school is required. 



Education / Psychology 

EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. J 2 / 

A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. 
It includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exception- 
ality, the identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom 
teacher and the consequent classroom implications. Observation and 
analysis of appropriate cnild and adolescent behaviors. 

EDUC 250. Computers in the Classroom (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The course is an introduction to the use and evaluation of computers in 
the elementary and secondary classroom. Experience and evaluation will 
be given to a wide range of educational software such as records, 
gradebooks, word processing, accounts, and computer-assisted instruction. 
Observation and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors. 

EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elemen- 
tary grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including 
phonics instruction. The course involves approximately three hours of 
supervised practicum along with one hour of lecture each week. 

EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education. 
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and 
study/reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems, 
assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are 
stressed. (Spring and Summers on demand) 

EDUC 355. Administrative and Personnel Work of Deans 2 hours 

A basic professional course in the administration of the school home. 
(Offered on demand.) 

EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the depart- 
ment chairman. 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu- 
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. Observa- 
tion and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors. 

EDUC 415. Secondary School Homes Practicum 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 355. 

This course is designed to provide resident experience in secondary school 
home administration under the supervision of a successful dean. Usually 
taken concurrently with student teaching. 



Education / Psychology 



EOUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours 

128 Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 

Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is 
given to application of the principles of child development and learning 
to promote harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. 
Observation and participation required. 

EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American edu- 
cation today, with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. 
(Not open to students who already have credit for EDUC 425.) 

EDUC 432. Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for 
the needs of secondary school pupils. It will include the teaching of reading 
in the content areas of one's major field, the program elements with proce- 
dures and processes involved along with their classroom applications. (Fall) 

EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that 
influence change, the most important current practices, and critical cur- 
riculum issues facing educators today. It will provide eeneral knowledge 
of current teaching methods, strategies of learning, and evaluation proce- 
dures. 

EDUC 438. Special Methods of Teaching, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Courses EDUC 437 and 
EDUC 438 comprise a block and should be taken the same semester. 
Student must have completed fifteen semester hours in the teaching area 
to qualify for admission. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office 
Administration), English, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Educa- 
tion, History, Home Economics, Mathematics, Music, Science (Biology, 
Chemistry, and Physics). 

The course will be offered the first part of that semester designated by the 
student's major department. The class will meet four class periods per 
week. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local 
professional meetings are considered part of this course. 
Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization 
of a file of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans, and evalua- 
tion of textbooks. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance 
at selected local professional meetings are considered a part of the course. 

EDUC 443. Classroom Competencies 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least 
two upper division methods courses. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to develop skills and 
knowledge related to concepts of classroom organization and management, 



Education / Psychology 

audio-visual aids and techniques, discipline, public relations and ethics. 
Although all school settings will be considered, emphasis will be given to M OQ 
small schools. Classroom experience may be required. 1 1 w 

EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional 
aids with emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the 
sequential skill development and to changes in the mathematical contents, 
technology and pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are 
examined using basic principles of the scientific method. Observation and 
micro-teaching required. Two-day field trip is required. A lab fee is charged. 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical 
education with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration 
of faith and learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade class- 
rooms. Observation ana micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Curriculum organization, methods, materials and instructional aids with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, 
spelling, grammar, literature and composition are developed. Observation 
and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials 
and methods when integrating social studies, geography and the world- 
wide mission of the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade 
classrooms. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to Professional Semester. 

This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the 
"start-up" dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80 
clock hours of on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one 
week prior to the fall semester through the first week of school. In consul- 
tation with the director of practice teaching, students are required to arrange 
for their own placement and submit a course application to the Education 
department office by May 1. 



Education / Psychology 



EDUC 466. Student Teaching, Kindergarten 4 hours 

H Qy Prerequisites: EDUC 426 and Admission to Professional Semester. 

1 1# V jfo s course i s offered the first half of each semester and is available during 

the summer term to teachers with previous experience if suitable classes 
can be found. 

EDUC 467. Student Teaching, 1-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Professional Semester. 

This course is offered each semester and is available during the summer 
term to teachers with previous experience. The student will he assigned a 
half-day each week of classroom observation and participation, as well as 
a weekly seminar, during the first part of the semester. Each student will 
complete ten weeks of full-time practice teaching. A weekly seminar is 
held in the first nine weeks of the semester. 

Ten full weeks of the semester will be used for full-time student teaching 
in on-campus or selected off-campus elementary schools. Group confer- 
ences of two periods each week will be scheduled. A minimum of two 
hours credit must be earned in residence. 

Student teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their 
teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they are assigned. 

EDUC 468. Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 8 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 217, 437, 438, and admission to professional semester. 
Music majors must have completed MUED 439. 

This course is offered each semester and the summer session in selected 
areas. The student teachers will be assigned to the cooperating teacher near 
the beginning of the semester and will be expected to spend a minimum 
of three hours per week in observation and participation, as well as a 
weekly seminar during the first part of the semester. These hours will count 
toward the required student teaching allotment. Ten weeks of full-time 
directed observation, participation and full-day classroom teaching are re- 
quired in on-campus or selected off-campus secondary schools. Confer- 
ences of two class periods each week will be scheduled. 
A minimum of two hours credit must be earned in residence by degree 
candidates. Student teachers are expected to provide their own transporta- 
tion to their teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where 
they are assigned. 

EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on 
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an 
elective. 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather 
new facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for 
preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to 

pursue independent study in special fields. 

(F-1),(W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Education / Psychology 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. 
Special attention given to the structure and function of trie brain and nerv- 
ous system. Recommended as a preliminary to other courses in the field. 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed 
on the emotional, social, physical, motor, and psychological development 
of the individual. 

PSYC 217, Educational Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, 
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit 
not permitted if EDUC 217 has been taken.) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, 
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of considera- 
tion. Credit applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but 
not for both. 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected 
in the Christian cultural setting. 

PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

A survey of exceptional children and youth. It includes a study of the wide 
range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the identification of 
exceptional children and youth, and the educational and caretaking conse- 
quences. 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good 

adjustment and mental health. 

PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology. 

This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific 
attention is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, 
sensation, emotion, neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the 
structural and functional organization of the brain and nervous system. 
(Taught in alternate years) 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours 

(See SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 

PSYC 355. Organizational Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 334. 

(See BUAD 355 under Business Administration Department listing.) 



Education / Psychology 



PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 3 hours 

I 32 ^ n eva ^ uat i° n °f classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 

"« overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 

Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu- 
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. {Credit 
not permitted if EDUC 356 has been taken.) 

PSYC 367. Adolescent Psychology (F-l) 2 hours 

The determinants and implications of behavioral characteristics and de- 
velopmental patterns during adolescence. Content will include the psycho- 
logical and social dynamics underlying the attempted resolution of crises 
and tasks specific to adolescents in modern society (Taught in alternate 
years) 

PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual 

counseling. The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. 

PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

The application of relational and experimental research designs to psychol- 
ogy. A semester research proposal and completed project is expected of 
each student. One class period per week is normally devoted to computer- 
aided analyses of simulations and practice exercises. 

PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) ( W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a consid- 
eration of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. 

PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group 
dynamics, psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology 
of women, sensation and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for 
credit with an appropriate change in topics. 

PSYC 495. Directed Study (F-l) (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PSYC 384. 

Completion of an experimental project under the direction of a psychology 

instructor. Students are responsible for developing appropriate research 

options. 



Engineering Studies 
■ENGINEERING STUDIES 



Chairman: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: John Durichek, Henry Kuhlman 

Advisory Council: Shane Blood, R. W Fanselau, Leo Parks 



Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree 
in engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies pro- 
gram, students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of Engineering, 
with which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two years. South- 
ern College awards an Associate of Science degree in Engineering 
Studies. Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, awards a 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree with concentrations in civil, 
electrical, and mechanical engineering and a pre-professional Bachelor 
of Science degree in bioengineering. 



The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that 
is fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology — the only nationally recognized organization which ac- 
credits engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately 
250 students, many of whom are transfer students from affiliated 
Seventh-day Adventist colleges. 



The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering program 
essentially the same as if the first two years were taken at Walla Walla 
College. Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to 
a non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies pro- 
gram is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of most 
colleges and universities. 



PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-one hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 212; 
MATH 181, 182, 218; PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 311, 312. Required cognates: 
CHEM 151, 152; CPTR 131 or 218; ENGL 102. 



Engineering Studies 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


ENGR 211-212 


Engineering Mechanics 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 


ENGR 149 


Engineering Graphics 


2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 


ENGR 150 


Computer Graphics 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


MATH 181,182 


Calculus I, II 


4 3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings/Jesus** 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys dale Applic 


2 


HIST 174 


Survey of Civilization* 


3 


ENGR 214 


Circuit Analysis 


3 




Area G, RE. Activity 


1 1 


CPTR LANG 


FORTRAN or Pascal 


3 






17 17 


SOCI 223 


Marriage and Family* 


2 








ENGL 214 


Survey of American Ut* 


3 








RELT 373 


Christian Ethics* 


3 
18 18 



* With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be substituted for these 

courses. 
NOTE: The above sequence of courses is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most students are 
advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the sequence completed in two years if 
some courses are taken during summer sessions. 
(See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements.) 



The total number of hours for the A,S. degree in engineering studies 
is sixty-four. The suggested sequence of courses given above meets all 
major and general education requirements. In addition, it includes two 
courses, ENGR 214 and MATH 317, which are not required for the A.S. 
degree, but are required for baccalaureate engineering degrees. With 
their inclusion the suggested sequence parallels the first two years of 
engineering studies at Walla Walla College. 

Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering 
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog 
to the engineering advisor for guidance in selecting general education 
courses. 



ENGINEERING COURSES 

ENGR 149. Mechanical Drawing 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting including proper use of instruments, orthographic 
projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial representation, 
dimensional drawings. Six periods of laboratory per week. Instruments 
cost approximately $40. (Fall) 

ENGR 150. Computer-Aided Drafting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGR 149. 

An introduction to computer-aided drafting. The computer programs Auto 
Cad and Cad Key are used in drawing and design in the areas of mechanics, 
architecture, and electricity. One period of lecture and six periods of lab- 
oratory per week. (Spring) 



Engineering Studies 

ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 182, PHYS 211, 213. J 35 

Two- and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; 
centroids and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall} 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312. 
One- and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector 
calculus; dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative mo- 
tion; work and energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring) 

ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312. 
Circuit variables and parameters; Kirchoff's laws and circuit solution; 
sinusoidal steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics; 
Thevenin's theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete 
response. Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and 
AC meters, potentiometers, recorders, and bridges. (Spring) 



English and Speech 



ENGLISH AND SPEECH- 



Chairman: David C. Smith 

Faculty: Ann Clark, Don Dick, Jan Haluska, John Keyes, Wilma Mc- 

Clarty, Lynn Sauls 
Adjunct Faculty: Pam Harris, Dee Langford, Helen Pyke 
Advisory Council: Delmer Davis, Pam Harris, Carolyn Kujawa, Evlyn 

Lindberg, Eilleen Meagher, Jodi Ruf 



The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes 
that view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression 
through a Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid stu- 
dents in developing ease, confidence, and competence in the art of 
effective communication and in acquiring knowledge of the science of 
language; literature courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate 
the best literary works. 

Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements of 
the English Department (below) and the General Education program 
(pages 15-18). For English, intermediate foreign language is required. 



PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Major (B.A.): Thirty-one hours excluding Basic Writing and College 
Composition, but including ENGL 215, 216, 218, 314, 315, and 335; plus 
six hours from ENGL 214, 333, or 334; plus nine hours from ENGL 336, 
337, 338, 444, or 445 (445 is required for teaching majors). Required 
cognates: HIST 374, HMNT 205, intermediate foreign language. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. ENGLISH 





(Non-Teaching) 






YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 College Composition 


3 3 


HMNT 205 


Arts & Ideas 


3 


Area C-l, History 


3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 


3 


Area D-l, Interm For Lang 


3 3 


ENGL 218 


Prin of Grammar 


2 


Area B, Religion 


3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of English Lit 


3 


Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 


Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc 


3 2 


Area G-2, Practical Skills 






Area B, Religion 


3 


(Typing suggested) 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 


Minor or Elective 


3 3 




Minor or Elective 


74 2 



15 16 



15 16 



English and Speech 



YEARS 







1st 2nd 


ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature 


3 


ENGL 315 


Intro to Ling 


2 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 


3 


HIST 374 


History of England 


3 


ENGL 214 


American Lit 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D, UD Literature 


3 3 




Minor or Elective 


3 5 



YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


Area D, UD Literature 


6 


Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 


Area G-l r Creative Skills 




OR 


2 


Area G-3, Rec Skills 




Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


3 


Minor or Elective 


1 16 



15 16 



15 16 



NOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the required professional education 
courses and additional general education requirements in their program. 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. ENGLISH 



(Teaching Major) 



ENGL 101-102 



RELT 138 



EDUC 125 
EDUC 134 
SOCI 223 
HLED 173 



YEAR1 

College Composition 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-l, Interm For Lang 
Adventist Heritage 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Foundations of Education 
Prin of Christian Education 
Marriage and the Family 
Health and Life 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 
3 

3 3 



16 15 



HMNT205 
ENGL 216 
ENGL 218 
ENGL 315 
ENGL 215 
RELT 225 

ENGL 214 

EDUC 217 

EDUC 240 



YEAR 2 

Arts and Ideas 
Approaches to Literature 
Principles of Grammar 
Introduction to Linguistics 
Survey of English Literature 
Christian Beliefs 
Area A-2, Mathematics 
Survey of American Literature 
Area E, Natural Science 
Psychol Found of Education 
Ed for Except Chil and Youth 
Area G-3, Recreational Skills 
Minor 



Semester 
1st 2nd 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature 


3 




ENGL 445 


EDUC 332 










OR 


Reading 




2 


EDUC 432 


EDUC 333 










ENGL 314 
HIST 374 
ENGL 333 


Creative Writing 
History of England 


3 


3 


EDUC 356 


OR 


American Literature 


3 




EDUC 427 


ENGL 334 








EDUC 437 


RELB 
LIBR 425 


Upper Division Religion 
(2) Upper Division Literature 
Library Mat for Young Adults 
Minor 


3 
6 


6 
3 
3 


EDUC 438 
EDUC 468 



YEAR 4 

World Literature 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 
Reading in the Sec School 
Area G-3, Recreational Skills 
Area B, Religion (RELB/RELT) 
Minor 

Tests and Measurements 
Current Issues in Education 
Curriculum and Gen Methods 
Special Methods, Grades 7-12 
Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 



17* 17 

Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 

3 

2 

1 

3 

6 
2 
2 
2 
2 
8 



18 16 



18* 17* 



Any amount over 16 hours is considered an overload. Students electing a teaching major should consider at least 
one summer session. 



English and Speech 



138 



Minor: Nineteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College Compo- 
sition, including ENGL 218, 315; ENGL 214 or 333 or 334; ENGL 215, 
314; six hours of English electives to include one additional literature 
class. Six hours must be upper division. 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 



ENGL 099. Basic Waiting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score 
of 90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test. 
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful 
entry into ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 12 or below are 
required to register for this class. Students successfully completing this 
course will earn three institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 
101. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially 
revision. ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which 
readily apply to most writing tasks. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies 
developed in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills 
which apply to various persuasive and research writing activities. This 
course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

ENGL 218. Principles of Grammar 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 

A detailed survey of descriptive grammar as it pertains to parts of speech, 
sentence structure, punctuation, and usage. Designed to aid any student 
who wishes to strengthen his skills in grammar analysis, it is also especially 
helpful for prospective teachers and writers. (Fall) 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 

A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing, 

providing the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to 

find possible markets for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. 

(Spring) 

ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 218. 

Provides a background in the history of the English language, etymology 
and the processes of word formation, dialectology and syntax analyses, 
and relates these learnings to the teaching of contemporary English. (Spring) 






English and Speech 



LITERATURE 



ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial 
through modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having 
individual, national, and universal interest. Major writers will include, 
among others, Cooper, Hawthorne, Twain, Frost, and Hemingway. (Spring) 

ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special em- 
phasis on the author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible- 
based thinking, and a review of literary trends and influences from the late 
Roman period to the present. Among writers receiving strong attention are 
Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and 
novelists have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various 
approaches to literature and including an introduction to literary terms 
and critical evaluation. 

ENGL 333. American Literature From Colonial Through 

Romantic Periods (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A reasonably comprehensive, chronological study of the works of major 
American writers with special emphasis on Bradford, Taylor, Franklin, 
Edwards, Irving, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, 
Longfellow, and Whitman. (Fall, odd years) 

ENGL 334. American Literature From 

Realism to the Present (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A continuation of ENGL 333, from the mid-nineteenth century through 
some of the more recent writers, including Dickinson, Twain, James, Crane, 
Robinson, Frost, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Williams, Warren, and 
Bellow. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English trans- 
lation. The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary 
analysis (including emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices 
and of figures of speech) to forms of literature such as address, proverb, 
parable, poem, short story, epistle, and apocalypse. (Fall) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Shakespeare, the men and their times. Readings in 
Canterbury Tales, Middle English romance, allegory, play, and meditation 
in translation; in sixteenth-century prose, Elizabethan poetry and dramatic 
literature, with study of genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention 
to moral and religious issues. (Spring, odd years) 



English and Speech 



140 



ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century British Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785- 
1901), with special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Shelley, Keats, Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and 
Wilde. (Spring, even years) 

ENGL 338. Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or 
British works, although world literature in translation may be included. 
(Spring) 

ENGL 444. Restoration and Eighteenth- 
Century Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

English life and letters in ferment through the Enlightenment and the de- 
cline of Neo-classicism: Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson. Special at- 
tention to moral and religious issues and trends. (Spring, even years) 

ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the 
V\festern World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the class 
will consider a range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to 
the Italian Renaissance. Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the stu- 
dents ability to differentiate the pagan from the Christian in the thematic 
mix of individual works. (Fall) 

ENGL 465. Topics in English (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered 
will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 

ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of 
the student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Depart- 
ment on directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with 
the approval of the department chairman in consultation with the prospec- 
tive instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching English 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performances; the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks is also included. Four lectures each week of the first half of the 
semester. (Spring) 

(A-l), (D-2), (G-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



English and Speech 



SPEECH 



SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches 
with emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, 
methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of 
delivery. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this 
course emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communica- 
tion setting, namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and 
self-disclosure. The course utilizes readings and learning activities to help 
students understand the theory of interpersonal communication and apply 
it in realistic transactions. 

SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 3 hours 

Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of 
selections in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally. 

SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours 

Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting. 
Subjects covered will determine general education credit status. This course 
may be repeated for credit. 

SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of 
the student. Open only to students approved by the department chairman 
in consultation with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated 
for credit. 



141 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



142 



— — HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, — — 
AND RECREATION 

Chairman: Phil Garver 

Faculty: Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks, Joi Richards 

The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose 
to acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to help each 
student develop physical efficiency through participation in supervised 
activity, to develop wholesome recreational habits by helping the stu- 
dent acquire interest, knowledge, and skills in several recreational ac- 
tivities, and to contribute to preparation for a career in health, physical 
education, and recreation. 

PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 473; 
PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 363, 364, 374, 463, 474, (295, 495); 
PEAC 254, 255. Required cognates: BIOL 101-102; FDNT 125. 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Thmbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH 121, 122, 221, or 222 activity unit 
will be indicated by grade of C - or less. Deficiencies for these units 
must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding general education 
activity course. 

Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors. 

Majors training for teaching positions must meet the State of Tennes- 
see certification requirements set forth by the Department of Education. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION & RECREATION 

(With Secondary Certification) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


PETH 265-266 


Officiating 


2 2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 


3 3 


PETH 221-222 


Prof Skills, Indiv 


2 2 


PETH 121-122 


Prof Skills, Team 


2 2 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage* 


3 


EDUC 125 


Found of Education* 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life* 


2 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs* 


3 


HLED 373 


Care/Piev Injuries 


2 


SOCI 223 


Marriage ft the Family 


2 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found* 


3 


EDUC 134 


Prin Christian Educ* 


2 


MATH 104 


Inter Algebra 






Area C-l, History 


_3_ _3_ 




OR 


3 






16 16 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 
Area D-4, Speech 
Area G-l, Creative Skills 

OR 
Area G-2, Practical Skills 


3 3 
3 

2 



16 16 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 





YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


HLED 314 


Kinesiology 


3 




EDUC 356 


Tests 4 Measurements* 


2 


HLED 315 


Physiology of Exercise 




4 


EDUC 437 


General Methods* 


2 


PETH 364 


Princ & Admin of PE 




3 


EDUC 438 


Special Methods in PE* 


2 


PETH 363 


Intro to Meas A Research 


3 




EDUC 468 


Student Teaching* 


6 


EDUC432 


Reading in Sec Sch* 


2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Edoc* 


2 


FDNT125 


Nutrition 


3 




EDUC 240 


Educ of Excep Child* 


2 


PEAC 254 


Life&aving 




1 


HLED 473 


Health Education 


2 


PEAC 255 


Water Safety Instructor 




1 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning 


2 


PETH 474 


Psyc & Soc of Sports 


2 




PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




Area B-l,Bibl Studies* 




3 




Directed Study in PE 


1 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 




3 




Area B-l,Bibt Studies* (U.D.) 


3 




Area E-2, E-3 or E-4, Sci 


3 






Area G-l, Creative Skills 








16 


15 




OR 
Area G-2, Practical Skills 
Elective 


1 
3 



14 16 

* Secondary Certificate requirements. 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and genera! education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 
and six hours of upper division, including PETH 364. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission 
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before 
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. 

PROGRAM IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 470, 473; 
PETH 374, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; BIOL 101, 102, 
125; FDNT 125. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 


3 3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & the Family 


2 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 




Area B-2, Religion 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 


1 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


3-0 




Are* D-2, Literature 






Elective 


4-7 2 
16 16 




OR 
Area D-3, Fine Arts Appr 
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 
(D-4 Speech suggested) 
Area G, Skills 
Elective 


3 3 

3 

2 
2 2 



16 16 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



144 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


HLED 314 


Kinesiology 


3 




HLED 470 


Current Issues in Hlth 


2 


HLED 315 


Phys of Exercise 




3 


HLED 373 


Care k Prev of Ath Inj 


2 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




HLED 473 


Health Education 


2 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning 




2 




Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


3 


BIOL 125 


Microbiology 


3 






Area G, Skills 


1 




Area B-l, Bibl Studies 




3 




Directed Study in PE 


1 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 




3 




Elective 


-1 10 




Area G, Skills 


2 








15 15 




Approved elec in major 


3 


3 










Elective 


1 


1 









15 15 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available. 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary 
in participation in power volleyball. (Fall) 

PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in 
competition and leisure play. (Spring) 

PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with 
a personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and 
health maintenance. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour 

Fundamental skills in hitting, bunting, sliding, throwing, running, and 
fielding, incorporated with softball facts, terminology, and team strategy. 
(Fall) 

PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Strokes, rules, and playing situations included with physical conditioning 
for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour 

Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student 
can carry on successful play. (Fall, Spring) 



PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and 
serve. (Fall) 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf j flK 
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) WWW 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling 
techniques, safe cycling, and maintenance. Students provide their own 
bicycles. (Fall) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their 
own golf clubs. Lab fee required. (Spring) 

PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, 
lobs, advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class 
must be approved by instructor, (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction 
with acrosport exposure. (Spring) 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel 
horse, high bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N.A.U.I. Lab fee of $98 charged 
in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with 
aquatic safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour 

A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gym- 
nastics, physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory 
performance of try-out requirements. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Lifesaving (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Advanced Life Saving certification. (Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Spring) 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



146 



PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic 
heading. Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow 
skiing, rock climbing, spelunking, aerobics, and sailplaning. This course 
may be repeated with the varying subject matter. Lab fees in addition to 
tuition are usually charged, by approximately $50-$160. 

PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience 
for those interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor 
living and activities. (Spring, Summer) 



HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful 
living and Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing 
students. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours 

The nature and causes of accidents with emphasis in teacher/pupil safety 
problem situations. CPR certificates issued to those successfully completing 
requirements. (Fall) 

HLED 314. Kinesiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101, 102 or equivalent. 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement, 
including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. Historical impact 
of the leaders in physical education is covered. (Fall) 

HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, 
massed gymnastics, and physical conditioning. Significance of these effects 
for health and for skilled performance and prevention of disease. (Spring) 

HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 314. 

Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries 

related to athletics. (Spring) 

HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This is a seminar course designed to assist students in becoming knowledge- 
able regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presen- 
tations are required. Disfcussion and problem solving are emphasized. A 
major part of the class focuses on the need of a spiritual component in 
establishing a healthful and balanced lifestyle. (Spring) 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. A (jnj 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with 
emphasis on the development and organization of the school health instruc- 
tion program. (Spring, odd years) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 121, 122. Professional Skills, Team Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for softball, football, volleyball, basketball, floor hockey l and 
soccer. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PETH 221, 222. Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for golf, tennis, badminton, racquetball, gymnastics, condition- 
ing, track and field. Taught in alternate years for HPER majors and minors 
only. (Fall, even years; Spring, odd years) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization 
of officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements and 

Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statis- 
tical procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. 
History of physical education is also dealt with briefly. (Fall) 

PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Phys- 
ical Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and 
skills that will enable a person to play ana interact professionally. (Spring) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor 
behavior as it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis 
placed on implications for the physical educator. (Spring) 

PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours 

This course is designed primarily for elementary teachers, physical educa- 
tion majors and minors. Objectives for this course include: a comprehensive 
review of motor learning and development stages, methods ana materials, 
graded activities in games and rhythmic activities, self-testing and safety 
measures. Observation and teaching of elementary school children will be 
scheduled. (Spring, alternate Summers) 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



148 



PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sport 2 hours 

An exploration of sport and its involving impact on American culture. 
Special attention is given to current issues in sport as they relate to the 
individual in society. 

PETH 490. Senior Seminar (W) 2 hours 

An exploration of philosophical and historical contributions to the profes- 
sion. Discussion of current topics, issues, and research pertinent to the 
field and the interests of the students. Research and/or writing required as 
a portion of the class. 

PETH 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the oppor- 
tunity to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or 
recreation. Approval by Department Chairman required. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Health and 

Physical Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performances. The first half of the first semester 
during the senior year. (Fall) 

(F-3), (G-3), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



History 



HISTORY 



Chairman: Benjamin McArthur 

Faculty: Douglas Morgan, Dennis Pettibone, Mark Peach (study 
leave) 

History is the study of the human experience. It investigates man- 
kind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation, 
history courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view of 
humanity. This perspective recognizes both the potential and the limi- 
tation of human endeavor and thereby permits a broader comprehension 
of the past and a greater hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental ap- 
proval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must 
plan his entire study program with a member of the history faculty. 
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on 
the following conditions: 

% Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere 
in the Catalog. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the stu- 
dent. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Major: Thirty hours including HIST 154, 155; 174, 175; 499. Six hours 
of political science may apply to the major. The intermediate level of 
a foreign language is required. At least two courses are to be taken in 
each of the following areas: 

Area I: American History, HIST 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; PLSC 254. 

Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389; PLSC 389; either 
HIST 364 or 365. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. HISTORY 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


HIST 154,155 


Americas History 


3 3 


HIST 174,175 


World Civilizations 


3 3 


ENGL 10M02 


College Composition 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area G, Activity Skills 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc 


3 2 




Area D, Ut/Fine Arts/Spch 


3 




Elective 






Minor or Elective 


4 




OR 


3 8-5 




Area D, Inter For Lang 


3 3 




Area D-l, Beg For Lang 








15 16 



15 16 



History 



YEAR 3 

Area B, Religion 
Area C, UD History 

Area G, Skills 
Area G-3, Recreation Skill 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
3-6 3-6 
2 
1 
3 
6-3_10-7 

15 16 



HIST 499 



YEAR 4 

Research Meth in Hist 
Area B, Religion {UD.) 
Area C, UD History 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 

3 
3-6 3-6 
6-3_ 13-10 

15 16 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history 
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine 
or law must present a balanced program of general education classes 
and electives that will support the professional objectives, 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in history 
who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester hours re- 
quired for certification in the area of the first teaching field. It is strongly 
recommended that the student also earn teaching credentials in a field 
outside of history. No specific supporting field is required but art, be- 
havioral science, business, English, modern languages, and religion are 
recognized as intimately related to the study of history. A student may 
receive certification to teach history as a second area by completing a 
minor in history. See under Minor below. Since the entire second semes- 
ter of the senior year is devoted to certification requirements, students 
earning teacher certification must finish all history classwork before 
reaching the final semester. Students applying for teacher certification 
must consult with the Education Department to draft a schedule of 
classes meeting certification requirements. 

Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The additional twelve 
hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six hours of which 
must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be chosen 
from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of political 
science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history A student planning 
to minor in history in order to obtain a second teaching area for certifi- 
cation must take all eighteen hours in history and must include HIST 
154, 155. 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly spon^ 
sors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The 
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants 
with an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a com- 



History 

bination of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation of 
historical sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require jn J 
students to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a regular , 

classroom setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading are in- 
cluded in this computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 295/495 
Directed Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for academic 
credit. 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students 
earning general education credit in history should take courses from 
the 100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general edu- 
cation requirements in history should select courses from the 300 and 
400 level. 



HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present. 
The development of its politics, government and social institutions is cov- 
ered in each semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as 
general education for freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and govern- 
ment, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction 
with non-European civilizations. This course is recommended as general 
education for freshmen and sophomores. 

HIST 354. Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, 
independence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-cen- 
tury trends in selected republics. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the Old South from the discovery through the war between the 
states, the reconstruction and the subsequent developments, and recent 
changes, including the current scene. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. 
Special emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in 
the national character. 

HIST 357. Modern America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of 
the United States in world affairs. (Fall) 



History 



HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

1 RP A topical approach to nineteenth- and twentieth-century American history, 

I w m focusing on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered 

are entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, 

and art and architecture. 

HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic 
period to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and 
theological development. (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the 
Protestant Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious 
trends. (Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth 
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments 
which have influenced western civilization as a whole. 

HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, 
Greece, and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development 
of western culture. 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the 
modern age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the 
institutions and values of modern western civilization. The chronological 
emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 387. Modern Society and Politics (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading 
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas 
that have effected the evolution of contemporary social and political 
thought. Included in the readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx, 
Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler. 

HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations 
since tne Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace 
and war, power and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as 
others, in their historical setting. Students may earn either history or politi- 
cal science credit, depending on individual assignments. 

HIST 465. Topics in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered 
will determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course 
may be repeated for credit. (On demand} 



History 



HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l), (W) 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom 
a student is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower 
division. This course also includes credit offered by the History Department 
on directed study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Ap- 
proval of the department is required prior to registration. 

HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in 
conjunction with the preparation of a research project. (Fall) 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches of government of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 357. Modern America (W) 3 hours 

An examination of the United States in the twentieth century with special 
attention to the workings of the political system, diplomatic developments, 
and the key decisions of the United States Supreme Court. 

PLSC 387. Modern Society and Politics (C-2), (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 387 for course description. 

PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2), (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description, 

PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours 

See HIST 465 for course description. 



GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are consid- 

erea. Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the 
United States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities 
include assigned reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, 
formal paper after return to campus. Prior to departure, the student will 
make all arrangements with a teacher assigned by the Department of History. 
One-third tuition rate. 



History 



154 



HUMANITIES 



HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and 
the arts will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and liter- 
ature. Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms. 
Resource persons may assist as available. This course is also taught as part 
of the European study tour program during selected summer sessions. 

HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science 
that have snaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern 
Scholars program during their junior or senior year. Open to other students 
with permission of department chairman. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching History 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials in instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 






Journalism 
■JOURNALISM 



(Chairman: Lynn Sauls 
I faculty: Pam Harris, Volker Pfenning 

Adjunct Faculty: Davis Lundy, Mark Rumsey, Douglas Walter, Billy 
Weeks 

Advisory Council: Frances Alexander, Ed Buice, Cecil R. Coffey, Fred 
H. Gault, Jr., Margaret Haberman, D. L. Hoover, Beecher Hunter, 
Michael Loftin, Davis Lundy, Howard McNeesh, Lee Meridith, 
C. A. Oliphant, Joe Pardue, George Powell, Mark Rumsey, Douglas 
Walter, Stanley Warren, Ron Wiggins 



The Department of Journalism provides an educational environment 
in which future leaders in journalism, public relations and related areas 
can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the intellectual discipline 
and the professional abilities necessary to the mastery and management 
of a wide range of writing, editing and other journalistic and public 
relations skills and techniques. 

The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in 
Journalism and Public Relations. Minors are also available in each of 
! these areas. 

Two options are provided by the Journalism major, one with a News 
Editorial emphasis, the other with a Broadcast Journalism emphasis. 

The Journalism major with News Editorial emphasis prepares stu- 
dents for careers as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly 
newspapers, magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the 
vast array of publications that serve the church, business, industry, 
governmental agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and 
other non-profit organizations. 

Students enrolling in the Journalism major with Broadcast emphasis 
receive preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio 
and television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public 
affairs operations. 

Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major seg- 
ment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, univer- 
sities, hospitals and other medical institutions and in a wide range of 
organizations. 

Both the Journalism major and the Public Relations major prepare 
students for entry into graduate schools nationwide. 

Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study 
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree 
requirements of the Department of Journalism, including the inter- 
mediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills General Education re- 
quirements. 



Journalism 



INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the Department of Jour*| 
nalism has developed with the Chattanooga area mass media, jour* 
nalism, broadcast and public relations students have many oppor- 
tunities to meet and work with professionals in television and radio 
news, in public relations, advertising and on daily and weekly news- I 
papers. 

Internships: Arranging for students to fill internships on newspapers, I 
in publishing houses, in public relations and fund development depart- I 
ments and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of the J 
education program provided by the Department of Journalism. 

A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the depart- I 
ment to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The depart- 
ment also participates in the General Conference internship program 
in which students work in various denominational institutions. The 
college radio station, WSMC FM90.5, also provides learning oppor- 
tunities in the department. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writ- 
ers and editors by working on Student Association Publications such 
as Southern Accent, the campus newspaper; Southern Memories, the 
yearbook. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC 
RELATIONS 

Major— Journalism: News Editorial: JOUR 105, 205, 225, 265, 316, 
326, 355, 425, 427, 488. Required cognates for News Editorial emphasis: 
ART 109, ECON 213, PLSC 254, and the intermediate level of a foreign 
language. Recommended elective for News Editorial emphasis: JOUR 
497. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. JOURNALISM 

(News Editorial Emphasis) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


JOUR 


205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing & Ed-Mass Media 




3 


JOUR 


265 


Hist/Theory of Mass Comm 


3 


JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 


3 




ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


ART 109 


Design I 


3 




PLSC 254 


American Government 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Natural Set 


3 








Area D-l, Begin For Lang 


J 3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 








Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area D-4, Speech 




3 


' 




Minor or Elective 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 




1 








15 15 




Minor or Elective 


3-0 


3 











15 16 



Journalism 





YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


JOUR 326 


News Com & Crit Wrlg 


3 




JOUR 


488 


Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc 


3 


JOUR 355' 


Reporting Pub Affairs 




3 


JOUR 


427 


Mass Media Laws 


3 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Writing 


3 




JOUR 


425 


Science & Tech Writing 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


JOUR 


497 


Jour Internship (Rec) 


3 




Area E. Natural Sci 




3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-l, Inter For Lang 


3 


3 






Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 


3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 










Area G-2, Practical Skills 






OR 


2 








OR 


2 




Area F-3, Health Sci 










Area G-3, Recreation 






Minor or Elective 


5 
16 


4 

16 






Minor or Elective 


5 6 
16 15 



157 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major — Journalism: Broadcasting: JOUR 105, 205, 217, 265, 314, 355, 
427, 488, 493-494. Required cognates for Broadcast emphasis: BUAD 
326, 334; PLSC 254, and the intermediate level of a foreign language. 
Recommended elective for Broadcast emphasis: JOUR 497. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. JOURNALISM 

(Broadcast Journalism Emphasis) 





YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing & Ed-Mass Media 


3 


PUR 


217 


Radio Sta Operations 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


JOUR 


265 


Hist/Theory of Mass Comm 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


PLSC 


254 


American Government 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 






Area C-t, History 


3 3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 






Area D-l, Inter For Lang 


3 3 




Area D-l, Begin For Lang 


3 3 






Minor or Elective 


4 




Minor or Elective 


15 16 








16 15 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 






YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 


3 


JOUR 


427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 


JOUR 355 


Reporting Pub Affairs 


3 


JOUR 


488 


Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


JOUR 


494 


Broadcast Jour Workshop 


6 


BUAD 334 


Princ of Management 


3 


JOUR 


497 


Internship (Rec) 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 






Area G, Skills 


2 




Area G, Skills 


3 






Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








Minor or Elective 


5 3 




OR 
Area F-3, Health Sci 


2 








16 15 




Minor or Elective 


JL-L 

15 16 











See pages 12. 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Journalism 



Major— Public Relations: JOUR 105, 205, 225, 316, 427, 488; PREL 
334, 344, 365, 406, 480. Required cognates for Public Relations: ART 
109, BUAD 326, 355, TECH 145, SPCH 135, and the intermediate level 
of a foreign language. Recommended electives for Public Relations; 
JOUR 314, PREL 368, 497. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. PUBLIC RELATIONS 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 


3 


JOUR 105 


Writing & Ed-Mass Media 


3 


TECH 145 


Graphic Arts 


3 


ART 109 


Design I 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B\ Religion 


3 




Area D-l, Begin For Lang 


3 3 




Area LH Intermed For Lang 


3 3 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 




Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 


3 




Minor or Elective 


3-0 _3_ 
15 16 




Minor or Elective 


4 
15 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Writing 


3 


PREL 4«0 


Case Studies 


2 


PREL 334 


Pub Ret Principles 


2 


PREL 406 


Public Opinion 


3 


PREL 344 


Fund of Advertising 


2 


PREL 368 


Fund Development (Rec) 


3 


PREL 365 


Pub Rel Techniques 


3 


PREL 497 


Internship fRec) 


3 


BUAD 326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 


3 


BUAD 355 


Organizational Behavior 


2 


JOUR 488 


Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


JOUR 315 


Adv Photography (Rec) 


2 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area 1, Religion (UD.J 


3 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 




Minor or Elective 


6 3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








15 16 




OR 


2 










Area F-3, Health Sci 












Minor or Elective 


2 
15 16 









See pages 12, 13 and 15-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Minor — News Editorial Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media . 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours 

JOUR 326 News Commentary and Critical Writing . 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society 3 hours 



Journalism 



Minor — Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media . 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 217 Radio Station Operations 3 hours 

j JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

[ JOUR 493-494 Broadcast Journalism Workshop 3,3 hours 

Minor — Public Relations: 19 hours 

ART 109 Design I 3 hours 

JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media . 3 hours 

JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and 

Society 3 hours 

PREL 334 Public Relations Principles and Theory . 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques . . 3 hours 

PREL 480 Case Studies: Public Relations and 

Organizational Communications .... 3 hours 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 105. Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm. 

Introduction to computerized writing and editing of news, features and 
publicity for print and broadcast media; using the Associated Press 
Stylebook in copy editing; copy improvement, writing headlines, checking 
accuracy; picture editing, writing photo captions. 

JOUR 205. News Reporting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor. 

News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills 

and style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness 

and on meeting deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news 

sources. 

JOUR 217. Broadcast Management 3 hours 

The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 provides the setting 
in which students learn the principles of broadcast management as they 
apply to radio and television. Class members become familiar with day-to- 
day station operations, including control room procedures, announcing, 
production, broadcast news and programming. Professionals from both 
radio and television serve as lecturers. 

JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that 
constitute good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film 
development, negative enlargement and print finishing. Students supply 
their own 35mm cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. Two 
hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of 
$85 charged in addition to tuition. 



Journalism 

JOUR 265. History and Theory of Mass Communications 3 hour* 
1 fifl Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the 

I Oil present, its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the 

mass media system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, pubif* 
relations, radio, television and the impact of the media system on socie* 
The course also includes study of theoretical models designed to provi 
understanding of the communications process. 

JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor. 
Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcadj 
media. Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the collep 
radio station; instruction in writing spot announcements. 

JOUR 315. Photojournalism (G-l) 2 hours I 

Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent. 

Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on phot*| 
journalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, pictuil 
stories for publication and photo collections for exhibit. Students suppli 
their own cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One noul 
of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of $85 
charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours I 

Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the 
newspaper feature article. Developing writing style through creative use 1 
of the English language. 

JOUR 326. News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours I 

Journalistic interpretation and analysis of the news, study of the editorial 
and critical functions of the press; writing well-reasoned editorials and \ 
opinion-page articles based on thorough research and careful analysis of I 
information. Writing book reviews, evaluations of radio, television, film j 
productions, music, art and other cultural works. 

JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 1 

Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics, edu- I 
cation, religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with em- | 
phasis on background research and investigative reporting. 

JOUR 425. Science and Technical Writing 3 hours ] 

Specialized course in researching, interpreting and writing articles on 
health, medicine, science and technology for publications serving the gen- I 
eral public as well as professional audiences. 

JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media 
and the news gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, pri- ] 
vacy, free-press, fair-trial: Contempt of court, access to information, protec- 1 
tion of sources, copyright law and government regulation of the media. 



Journalism 



JOUR 488. Seminar: Mass Communications and Society 3 hours 

This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examina- ICl 
tion of the roie and function of the mass media system in the United States; ■ w ■ 
the concept of social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, 
social, economic and political issues involved in the function of news- 
papers, magazines, radio, television, advertising and public relations. Em- 
phasis on reading, writing media critiques and on analysis of concepts and 
ideas. 



JOUR 489. Advising Student Publications 2 hours 

Journalistic writing and editing principles as they apply to student news- 
papers, yearbooks and other publications; libel law, responsibilities of the 
publications adviser and of the student editor; accuracy, balance and fair- 
ness in handling information for publication; role of student publications 
in institutional life. 



JOUR 490. Workshop for Free-lance Writers 3-6 hours 

Designed for individuals who are or who want to become free-lance writers 
and who have developed an outline for a major manuscript or who are 
engaged in writing a substantial magazine article or book. The workshop 
provides critical evaluation and guidance in writing and rewriting as well 
as an overview of the challenges and opportunities in free-lance writing. 
Enrollment by permission of instructor. 



JOUR 493-494. Broadcast Journalism Workshop I, II 3,3 hours 

The purpose of this course is to give students realistic training in broadcast 
journalism through personal involvement. A television or radio station 
serves as the classroom in which the workshop is conducted. Students 
begin as observers of news and public affairs operations, then become 
active participants in these operations. Course requirements include as- 
signed readings, periodic research reports based on readings, observations, 
activities and interviews with station news and other personnel. A major 
research paper and participation in twice-monthly group seminars are also 
required. Students are responsible for their own transportation. (Fail, 
Spring) 



JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a special- 
ized area of the mass media. The end product of the directed study will 
be a carefully documented research paper. Directed study topics will be 
selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant 
to the student in carrying out the research project. 



JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Students work at a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station; in a 
publishing house, public relations department or firm or an advertising 
agency to obtain on-the-job experience. Conferences with the instructor 
provide evaluation and guidance. Internship arrangements are made in 
advance in consultation with the instructor. 



Journalism 



162 



PUBLIC RELATIONS 



PREL 334. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to 
the historical development and contemporary practice of public relations! I 
analysis of the public relations role in ousiness, industry and non-pro™] 
organizations and of the functions and responsibilities or the public relaS 1 
tions practitioner. 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writ- 
ing, layout and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for 
public relations and marketing. 

PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach 
specified audiences through mass media channels and through controlled 1 
media. Preparation of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, audio* 
visuals, speeches and media campaigns; planning and conducting special 
events. 

PREL 368. Fund Development 3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning! I 
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospeaj I 
lists, writing proposals, identifying and training development leadersnipj \ 
working with foundations. 

PREL 406. Public Opinion and Propaganda 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of 
public opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public re- 
sponse; characteristics of publics and how they are influenced. 

PREL 480. Case Studies: Public Relations and 

Organizational Communications 2 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communi-1 
cations and decision-making process. Application of communications I 
theory and techniques in developing both internal and external communi* 1 
cations systems in terms of organizational nature and purpose; selected 
case studies. 

PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a special- 
ized area of public relations, advertising or marketing. The end product ol 
the directed study will be a carefully documented research paper. Directed 
study topics will be selected with guidance from the instructor who will 
serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the research project 

PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Supervised work in a public relations office, department or agency. Confer- 
ences with the instructor to provide evaluation and guidance. Internship 
arrangements are made in advance with the instructor. 



Library Science 



■LIBRARY SCIENCE- 



Chairman: Peg Bennett 

Faculty: Frank Di Memmo, Loranne Grace, Patricia Morrison 

Adjunct Faculty: Lorabel Midkiff 

LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 1 hour 

Designed primarily for student library assistants. The course presents the 
basic concepts of library services and the skills needed for efficient use of 
library materials. The student will be required to complete eight separate 
modules of study pertaining to the organization of the library and the use 
of general and special reference works commonly found in a college library 
This course is required of all library workers. (Fall, Spring) 

LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and 
reading that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through 
criticalevaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use 
of books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. 
(Spring) 

LIBR 333. Instructional Media 2 hours 

A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of audio-visual 
equipment and materials. Preparation of transparencies, flat pictures, 

graphics, and audio materials will be required. One hour lecture and three 
ours laboratory per week. (Spring) 

LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours 

Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 
9-12. Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and 
specific needs of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and 
skills. Develops an appreciation for books and readings that can enthusias- 
tically involve both young adults and adults. (Spring) 



163 



Mathematics 



164 






MATHEMATICS 



Chairman: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: Robert Moore (Study Leave), Art Richert, John D. Worth 



Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical thinking 
have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well-edu- 
cated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention 
of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, and 
more recently the development of statistical inference, to name just a 
few, are mathematical contributions to civilization which have signifi- 
cantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, and technology 
of mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical 
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing students 
to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical 
thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of problem- 
solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal education of 
professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathematics, 
and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of mathematics. 



PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS 

Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 318, 
319, 411, 412 and 485. CPTR 131 or 218 is a cognate requirement. For 
those with two majors or secondary certification, a mathematics elective 
may be substituted for MATH 412. Secondary certification requires 
MATH 215, 415. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. MATHEMATICS 



YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus HI 


3 


MATH 181, 182 Calculus I, II 


4 


3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


CPTR 131 or 218 Program Lang 


3 




MATH 


Elective 


3 


Area B, Religion 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


Area F-l, Behav Science 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 


Area F-2, Family Sci 








Area E, Science 


3 3 


OR 


2 






Area G-l, Creative Skills 




Area F-3, Health Sci 








OR 


2 


Area G-3, Recreational 




1 




Area G-3, Recreation 




Area D-l, Beg Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Elective or Minor 


3 3 




15 


16 






15 16 



Mathematics 



YEAR 3 

MATH318 Algebraic Structures* 

MATH 319 Linear Algebra* 
MATH Elective 

Area B, Religion 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 
Elective or Minor 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



YEAR 4 

MATH411-412 Intermediate Analysis* 
MATH485 Mathematics Seminar* 

Area B, Religion (U.D.) 
Elective or Minor 



1st 2nd 

3 3 
t 
3 
9 12 

16 15 



165 



* These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major (B.S.): Forty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 317, 
318, 319, 411, 412, and 485. Cognate requirements are CPTR 131 or 218; 
PHYS 211-212, 213-214. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. MATHEMATICS 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


MATH 181, 182 


Calculus t, 11 


4 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


CPTR 131 or 218 Program Lang 


3 




MATH 218 


Calculus HI 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Science 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








Area B, Religion 


3 




OR 


2 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area F-3, Health Sci 








Area G-l, Creative Skills 






Area G-3, Recreational 




1 




OR 


2 




Elective 


3 


3 




Area G-3, Recreational 








15 


16 




Elective 


4 

15 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


96nl6SI8r 

1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 




MATH 411-412 


Intermediate Analysis* 


3 3 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra* 




3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar* 


1 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables* 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion (UD.) 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 






Elective 


3 _6_ 




Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art 




3 






16 15 




Area E, Science 




3 










Elective 


4 
16 


3 

15 









* These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 

make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Mathematics 



166 



Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 181 and six hours of upper 
division courses. 

Teaching Endorsement: Requirements listed under Education and 
Psychology Department. 



MATH 099. Basic Mathematics (A-2) Non-Credit 

This course, calculated as one hour for determining class loads, concen- 
trates on the skills of arithmetic and beginning algebra. Required of all 
students with ACT mathematics standard score below 12. There is a $60 
tuition charge. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours j 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numer- 
ation systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, met- ] 
ric system, consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major I 
or minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 104. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equation! 
and inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equa* 
tions, logarithms. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics and is not accepted as transfer credit by most colleges. (Fall 4 ] 
Spring, Summer) 

MATH 114. Precalculus (A-2) 3 hours I 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or two years of high school algebra. 

The real and complex number systems; the elementary functions and their I 

graphs, including polynomial and rational functions, exponential and ] 

logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses; analytid I 

geometry. Does not apply toward a major in mathematics. (Fall, Springj ] 

Summer) 

MATH 181. Calculus I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114 or four years of high school mathematics which I 
include at least one semester of trigonometry and some analytic geometry. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions including 1 
limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications | 
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem or calculus* 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, ] 
Spring) 

MATH 182. Calculus II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Precise definitions of limits, further topics in differential calculus, estimat- 
ing definite integrals, polar coordinates, parametric equations, sequences* i 
infinite series, Taylor series, functions of two variables, partial derivatives, j 
directional derivatives. {Spring) 






Mathematics 



MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two *l K # 
years of high school algebra with a B average, or MATH 104, or MATH 103. 1 1# # 

An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organiza- 
tion and analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions 
I (binomial, normal, Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis test- 
[ big, correlation and regression, nonparametric statistics, (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

, Prerequisite: MATH 181. 
An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of 
logic and sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. 
(Spring) 

MATH 218. Calculus III 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Algebraic operations or vectors, multiple integrals, vector calculus includ- 
ing Green's theorem, Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall) 

MATH 314. Applied Finite Mathematics 3 hours 

| Prerequisite: MATH 215 or BUAD 313. 

Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans- 
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. 
Game theory, inventory models ana control, queuing theory. Program Evalu- 
ation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

1 Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

. Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equa- 
tions, power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the 
Laplace transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. 
(Spring) 

MATH 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes- 

sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, 
including mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the 
Cauchy-Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent 
series, the theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years) 



Mathematics 



MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hourd I 

168 Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of 
linear equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigeii 
values and eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hour* 

Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of FORTRAN. 
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integration 
numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, error 
analysis. {Spring, even years) 

MATH 411, 412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity 
uniform continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the 
derivative and integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequencflj 
and series of functions, the Lebesque integral, Fourier series. (Fall, od| 
years, and Spring, even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 houri 

Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geomet 
finite geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geome 
geometric transformations* the geometry of inversion, projective geome 
(Fall, odd years) 

MATH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 103 or 104 or equivalent and permission from the 
Division of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics. 
Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and 
tests which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selectel 
from the following: organization and analysis of data, probability, varioui 
parametric and nonparametric probability distributions, estimation 
hypothesis testing, correlation and regression. This course is designed for 
community registered nurses who are working on advanced degrees and 
is offered periodically at the request of the Division of Nursing. 

MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematict 
including topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics major* 
obtaining secondary certification must choose topics in the history and 
philosophy of mathematics. (Fall, odd years) 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and nroblem solving in a field chosen in consultant 

with an instructor. (On demand) 



i 



Mathematics 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(A-2), (W) See pages 15*18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



169 



Modern Languages 



170 



MODERN LANGUAGES ^— ^— 

Chairman: Helmut Ott 

This department offers the opportunity for students to discovert 
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as 
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The 
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical 
tool in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in I 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign cultural 
should be part of the background of educated persons, particular!^ 
those with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern LaiS j 
guages aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to | 
demonstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or as 
respondents to the Master's gospel commission. 

FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad, Southern College is a member of the con- 
sortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students 
of French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign 
language amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 

The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar 
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, Col- 
longes-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, \ 
Sagunto. 

Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, espe- 
cially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving for 
Europe, return with enough credits for a major. A major or minor in 
the foreign language is not automatic, however; ACA students intending 
to fulfill major or minor requirements must counsel with the Modern 
Languages staff before drafting their overseas program. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, GERMAN, OR SPANISH 

Major — French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the Bachelor 
of Arts degree, excluding course 101-102 but including course 211-212. 
Because the number of hours available on the Southern College campus 
is limited, students are expected to earn all upper division credits for 
a language major through ACA. 

Minor — French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding 
course 101-102 but including course 211-212 and six hours of upper- 
division courses. Students desiring a language minor must earn all 



Modern Languages 

upper division credits either at ACA or in two summer terms in an 
intensive language program previously approved by this department. *"I^j 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST) 

Major — International Studies: This major is intended to offer basic 
language and literature within a framework of international cultural 
dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a "humanities 
major." To complete this program in either French, German, or Spanish, 
students must spend at least one semester on an ACA campus overseas. 
For the International Studies major, thirty hours are required, as listed 
below. A cognate requirement of RELT 368, Comparative Religions (3 
hours), may be taken as one of the required general education courses 
(area B). 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211-212 — 

Intermediate Level 6 hours 

Composition and Conversation 3 hours 

Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Additional hours in language and literature, or the 

intermediate level of a second language 6 hours* 

ENGL 445 — World Literature 3 hours 

ART 344 — History of Art 3 hours 

MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 3 hours 

HIST 386, or 389, or 354 — Rise of the West, 

or Vienna to Vietnam, or History of Latin America 3 hours 

*Students desiring certification in Spanish, French, or German must 
take these six hours in that language. 

TOTAL 30 hours 

Teaching Endorsement: Requirements listed under Education and 
Psychology Department. 



SPECIAL COURSE 



MDLG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of 
the individual student. It is particularly useful to ACA students who are 
unable to complete all the requirements for their major at the overseas 
campus. This course also includes credit offered by the Modern Languages 
Department on directed study tours. Approval of the instructor must be 
obtained prior to registration for the course. 



Modern Languages 



172 



FRENCH 



FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

FREN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to FREN 102. 
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is French.) 

FREN 211-212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, 
or a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is French. 
FREN 211 is offered Fall, odd years; 212, Spring, even years.) 



GERMAN 

GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

GRMN 101, or equivalent, or one year of German in secondary school, is 
prerequisite to GRMN 102. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is German.) 

GRMN 211-212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, 
or a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is German. 
GRMN 211 is offered Fall, odd years; 212, Spring, even years.) 



SPANISH 

SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

SPAN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to SPAN 102. 
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is Spanish). 



Modern Languages 

SPAN 211-212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours Mm0% 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, J f 3 
or a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. I # w 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No 
credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 
Spanish). 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical 
application, with special attention to goals, planning, classroom tech- 
niques, selection and utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of 
student performance. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first 
semester during the senior year. 

(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



Music 



174 



MUSIC 



Chairman: Marvin L. Robertson 

Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Sandra Fryling, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass, 

Patricia Silver 
Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean Devin Fryling, Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile, 

Michael Moore, Billye Brown-Youmans, E. D. Rushworth, Leslie 

Torchio 

The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of 
the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God 
and to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this 
philosophy, course work is offered which meets the needs of the general 
college student as well as music majors and minors. 

The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the 
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and 
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance 
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills 
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of 
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of 
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take 
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perform- 
ance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman 
standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and 
MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be ob- 
tained by writing the chairman of the Department of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano 
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not 
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General 
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examina- 
tion includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several 
moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmoni- 
zation of simple folk melodies. The functional piano examination 
should be passed during the first week of the first semester in residence 
or the student must register for applied piano instruction. 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice 
per lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following 
a jury examination at the end of each semester. 



Music 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required 
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except j /Jj 
for the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and " 

senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to 
meet this requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to par- 
ticipate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12 
or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are ex- 
empted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must, 
however, complete eight (8) hours of appropriate ensembles. 

Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or the 
Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student must 
be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior re- 
cital. Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may 
be partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music perform- 
ance. 

A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at 
least three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance at 
this audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sopho- 
more year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses. 

c. Completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122. 

e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 

Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result 
in the student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, 
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. 
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters before 
graduation. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education is an NCATE ap- 
j proved degree which meets state and denominational certification re- 
quirements. Students must apply for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program, through the Department of Education, prior to taking educa- 
tion courses. Each student will be responsible to determine the addi- 
I tional courses that may be required for certification in the state of his 
choice. This information can be obtained at the Department of Educa- 
tion. 



Music 



State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education 
majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at 
the 480 level. 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 

1. English 

2. Mathematics 

B. Religion 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 

2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 

C. History, Political and Economic Systems 

1. History 

2. Political Science and Economics 

D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 

1. Foreign Languages 

(Intermediate level) 

2. Literature 

E. Natural Sciences 

1. Biology 

2. Chemistry 

3. Physics 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 

1. Health Science: HLED 173 

G. Activity Skills 

1. Recreational Skills 

TOTAL 





9 hours 


6 hours 




3 hours 






12 hours 


6 hours 




6 hours 






9 hours 


6 hours 




3 hours 






3 hours 


0-3 hours 




0-3 hours 






6 hours 


0-3 hours 




0-3 hours 




0-3 hours 






2 hours 


2 hours 






4 hours 


4 hours 






45 hours 



Music Core: 

MUCT 111-112 
MUCT 121-122 
MUCT 211-212 
MUCT 221-222 
MUHL 320-323 
MUPF 477 
MUPF 478 
MUCT 313 



Music Theory I, II 6 hours 

Aural Theory I, II 2 hours 

Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours 

Advanced Aural Theory III, IV ..... . 2 hours 

Music history courses 8 hours 

Instrumental Conducting Techniques . 3 hours 

Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

Orchestration and Arranging _3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 



Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano pro- 
ficiency examination. Four {4} hours of keyboard secondary may be 
used in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard 
may not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/ 
General Endorsement. 



Music 



Vocal/General Endorsement 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice 

Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED Elective 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Music Elective 4 hours 

Singer's Diction _2 hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 

B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard 

Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) . . . 14 hours 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

or 

MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (Organ Concentration) . 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) _2 hours 

TOTAL 33-35 hours 

Instrumental Endorsement 

Applied Music Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) , 8 hours 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) . 6 hours 

Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar _1 hour 

TOTAL 35 hours 

Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a 
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided 
both are represented. 

Education Core: (Before taking education courses, the student must 
apply to the Education Department for admission to the Teacher Edu- 
cation Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 



Music 



apply to the Education Department for admission to the professional 
semester.) 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of 

Education 3 hours 

EDUC 240 Education of the Exceptional Student . 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Secondary School i 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching, 7-12 6 hours 

22 hours 



MUSIC EDUCATION 



MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 

Pedagogy, or Materials and Methods . . 6 hours 

7 hours 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MUCT 111-112 


Music Theory I, li 


3 


3 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Mus Theory III, IV 


3 3 


MUCT 121-122 


Aural Theory I, II 


1 


1 


MUCT 221-222 


AdvAurTheorylll.IV 


1 1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MUHL320.321 


History of Music 


2 2 


EDUC 134 


Princ of Christian Ed 


2 




MUPF 477, 478 


CondTech 


3 3 


EDUC 125 


Foundations of Ed 




3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration 


2 2 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration 


2 


2 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 




Music Ensemble 


1 


1 




Secondary Inst 


1 1 




Area C-l, History 








Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




OR 


3 






Music Ed Elective 


2 2 




Area C-2, Poli Sci/Econ 










18 16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 












16 


16 











YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MUHL322, 323 


History of Music 


2 


2 


MUED439 


Pre Student Tchg 


1 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 




EDUC 46fl 


Student Teaching 7-12 


6 


kRJCT313 


Orchestration & Arr 






EDUC 432 


Reading in Sec School 


2 




OR 




3 


EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Educ 


2 


MUCT413 


Anal of Mus Form 






EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 


MUED231 


Music Meth Elem School 


2 




EDUC 240 


Educ of Excep Child 


2 


MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 


2 


2 


EDUC 217 


Psyc Found of Educ 


3 




Music Ensemble 


1 


1 


MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 


2 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


3 






Music Ensemble 


1 




Area B-l, Biblical Studies 




3 




Senior Recital 






Area E, Natural Sci 


3 


3 




Area B, Biblical Studies (U.D.) 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Area 0-1, Intermed Forgn l£ 






Music Ed Elective 


2 


2 




OR 


3 






17 


17 




Area D-2, Literature 


16 11 


ONE SUMMER TERM PRIOR TO GRADUATION: 












Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 












Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3-0 












Area C-t, History 


3-6 
7 











Music 



179 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for genera! degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed 
to give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man. 

Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the 
following: Music Theory including MUCT 111-112, 121-122, 211-212, 
221-222; MUHL 320, 321, 322, 323; MUPF 189, 389 — Concentration; 
Music Ensembles. 

A student must complete all general education requirements of the 
College. 

The foreign language recommended is either French or German. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. MUSIC 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


Mucrni-m 


Music Theory I, II 


3 3 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Theory III, IV 


3 3 


MUCT 121-122 


Aural Theory I, II 


1 1 


MUCT 221-222 


AdvAurThHUV 


1 1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration— 




MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration— 






Instrument/Voice 


1 1 




Instrument/Voice 


1 1 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 




Music Ensemble 


1 1 




Fund Piano Requirement 






Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 






Area G-2 or G-3, Skills 


2 




Area S, Religion 






Area D-l, Foreign Lang 


3 3 




Minor or Elective 


2 6-3 




Area C-V History 


3 3 






« « 




Minor or Elective 


2 



15 16 



Music 



180 



YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


MUHL 320, 321 History of Music 
MUPF 389 Applied Concentration 
Music Ensemble 
Area B, Religion 
Area E, Natural Sci 
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 
Area C-2, Poli Sci/Econ 
Minor or Elective 


2 2 
1 1 
1 

3 

3 3 
3 3 

3 
3 _4^ 

16 16 


MUHL322, 323 
MUCT 313 

MUCT413 
MUPF 389 


History of Music 
Orch & An 

OR 
Anal of Mus Form 
Applied Concentration 
Senior Recital 
Area B, Religion (U.D.) 
Minor or Elective 


2 2 

3 

1 1 

3 
_10_ 9 

16 15 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits, 



Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following: 

MUCT 111-112 — Music Theory I and II 6 hours 

MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 3 hours 

MUPF 189 — Concentration 2 hours 

MUPF 477 or 478 — Instrumental or Choral Conducting 

Techniques 3 hours 

Music Course Electives (including three hours upper 

division) _4 hours 

18 hours 



MUSIC THEORY 

MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not 
apply toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. 
(Spring, Summer) 

MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and 
visually comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures 
from one to four voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than 
once. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills re- 
lated to the materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take 
this concurrently with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. 
(Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 211-212. Advanced Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in 

MUCT 111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, 

Spring) 



Music 

MUCT 221-222. Advanced Aural Theory HI and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT jf* j 
211-212. Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. ■ " ■ 
This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra 
and band instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instru- 
mental chamber groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exer- 
cises and analysis of scores is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form 

to the more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered 

years) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Con- 
tent to be arranged. Approval must oe secured from the division chairman 
prior to registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 



MUSIC HISTORY 

MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musi- 
cal styles, ana forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are 
\ required. Does not apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring) 

MUHL 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church 
with particular emphasis on hymnology, (Spring) 

MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

\ Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its nota- 
tion, and continuing with the growth of polyphony and the appearance of 
secular forms. Special emphasis will be given to the evaluation of modern 

, editions of music, particularly of the Ars Nova, and to investigation of 
problems in performance practice. (Fall, 1989) 

MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 

I National styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the 
emergence of new ideas, particularly the monodic revolution and its result 



ing new form, opera. The development of the theory of common practice 
and the major changes in notational methods, as well as a survey of evolu- 
tion of musical instruments during this period* (Spring, 1990) 



Music 






MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 1700-1900 (D-3), (W) 2 hot 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral litera* 
ture; the appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano 
piece); the analysis of representative works from all major schools. (Fall, 
1990) 

MUHL 323. Diverse Musical Systems, 1900-present (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic 
to minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk 
music and non-Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester mig* 
include studies of women in music, American music, or minorities. (Sprir 
1991) 

MUHL 425. Topics in Music 1-3 hour 

Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered 
will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for 
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruct 
tion is required. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, finger* 
ings, practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of liter*! 
ture for the instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation 
of classroom and private instruction is required, (Fall, even numbered years} J 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic 
technique, and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instrument^ ] 
and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private 
instruction is required. (Spring, odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for 
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instrud 1 
tion is required. {Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 231. Music Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 (or permission of instructor) or MUHL 115. 
A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the ] 
elementary school. The content includes fundamentals, appreciation, sing- I 
ing, playing, and rhythmic activities. Observation and participation in the 
music program of the elementary school is required. Two hours lecture an| 
one hour laboratory work per week, (Fall, Summer) 



Music 



MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. T Q j 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; 
planning a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including 
technic, repertoire, and musicianship. Observation and teaching are re- 
quired. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

f Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of 
instructor. 

I Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; 
testing and classification of voices; physiological and psychological prob- 
lems of voice production and diction. Observation and teaching are re- 

; quired. (Spring, odd numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

F Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 
1 Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompani- 
ment of church services; registration of organ literature on various types 
I of organs. Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered 
> years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including 
p curriculum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters 
related to student teaching. (Spring) 



APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

I Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of 
practice and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

i Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

[ Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors 
include attandance at a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

MUPF 227. Singers Diction 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, even numbered 
years) 



Music 



MUPF 228. Singers Diction 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Fall, odd numbewi 
years) 

MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor, j 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-lihji 
gical services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanyi^i 
conducting from the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection 
of appropriate preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance experiencl 
required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hour* 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-hai 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hour* 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-hai 

hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 

each hour of credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minorl 

include attendance at a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring 

Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressivl J 
gestures, and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumefll 
tal ensembles is included. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressivj j 
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensemblei 1 
is included. (Spring, even numbered years) 

Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the 
College as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music 
major or minor may not apply these toward his applied music concen* 
tration. Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional Piano 
Examination. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music majoii I 
and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examina^ 
tion for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these 
course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, clas- « 
sical guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute* 
oboe, clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone! 
baritone tuba, and percussion instruments. 



Music 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 



Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit 
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, in* 
eluding dress rehearsals, is required. 

Voice majors are required to sing in the Southern Singers for two years. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by the members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music 
of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras. 

MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music 
in many styles. The music is frequently choreographed. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, 
musical productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This 
course does not fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. 
(Fall, Spring) 



INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audi- 
tion. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour 
credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble 
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a 
keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking a 
keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience 
credit must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony 
Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 



185 



Music 



186 



MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case 
of keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education require-* 
ments. 



Nursing 

NURSING 



Chairman: Katie Lamb 

Associate Chairman: Marsha Rauch (Orlando) 

Collegedale Faculty: Leona Gulley, Dorothy Hooper, Shirley Howard, 
Bonnie Hunt, Beth Jed am ski, Terry Martin, Caroline McArthur, 
Laura Nyirady, Georgia O'Brien, Lola Scoggins, Elvie Swinson 

Orlando Faculty: Flora Flood, Cheri Thompson, Erma Webb, Ruth West 

The nursing program at Southern College is a 2 4- 2 program that leads 
to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the 
associate degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state 
approved program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing. 
Licensed diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a non- 
NLN accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board 
examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided 
to assist students in learning experiences. 

COLLEGEDALE-BASED ASSOCIATE AND 
BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth 
$tudy in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. Associate 
degree graduates from non-NLN accredited programs and diploma 
graduates will be required to participate in validation procedures de- 
signed to evaluate their previous program of study. 

A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each 
year with a limited size of 60 students due to available clinical facilities 
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size. 

CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM 

The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis 
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time 
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening. 
One course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course 
during a summer session for a given group. This program is offered in 
Collegedale and Orlando. 

Admission and progression criteria are the same as the campus-based 
baccalaureate program with the following exceptions: 

1 Math requirement: Math requirement is waived for RN/BS stu- 
dents. 

2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last thirty (30) 
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted to 



187 



Nursing 



allow the consortium students to take general education courses, 
I OO w **k *^ e exception of Christian Ethics, at another college concur- 

" rently with clinical nursing courses. 

3. Transfer work: Seventy-four (74) semester hours from a junior col* j 
lege are allowed which will include 68 hours for the equivalent i 
of an Associate Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry. 

4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local college 
or university. Three hours Christian Ethics (RELT 373) must be 
taken at Southern College. 

5. Writing courses: Only two writing emphasis courses rather than 
three will be required. 

POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately 
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility 
for their learning and professional behavior. 

The Division of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of 
the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as 
outlined. The faculty reserves the right to withdraw or revise policies 
as deemed necessary. The Collegedale- and Orlando-based programs 
are governed by the same policies. 

Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the stu- 
dents enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be 
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to 
share this expense with fellow students in the same course. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost 
of nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Educa- 
tion Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see Special Fees and 
Charges under Financial Policies section of bulletin). 

The Tennessee State Board of Nursing, Florida State Board of Nursing, 
and other State Boards reserve the right to deny licensure in their states 
if the applicant has an unresolved felony on record in any state. 

The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw 
courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The program in nursing is fully accredited by the Board of Review 
for Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and Associate of Science 
Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. It is recognized 
by the Board of Regents of the Department of Education of the General 
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, and it is approved by the Tennes- 
see Board of Nursing and Florida State Board of Nursing. 

PROGRAMS IN NURSING 
Major (B.S.): Thirty-six hours for the Bachelor of Science degree after 



Nursing 



completion of the Associate of Science degree at Southern College or 
the equivalent* including NRSG 325, 326, 327, 335, 387, 389, 394, 484, 
485. Required cognates: RELT 373, CHEM 111, 112, 114, and three hours 
upper-division Behavioral Science. MATH 215 Statistics is a required 
course but is not considered a cognate. General education requirements 
include an additional three hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, and 
three hours Area D to make a total of 130 semester hours of which 40 
hours are upper division. 

*Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be con- 
sidered to have met the general education requirements for the first two years 
of the program. If an Area C-l course was not included in the associate degree 
program, However, it must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science 
degree general education requirements of "3 hours Area C or D." A maximum 
of 74 semester hours will be accepted from a junior college. 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree 
including NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 220, 223. Required 
cognates: BIOL 101-102, 125, PSYC 128, SOCI 125, FDNT 125. General 
education courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the 
other disciplines of the College. Students are exempt from general edu- 
cation courses for Areas D and G. A total of 69 semester hours is required 
for the Associate of Science degree. 



189 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.S. AND B.S. NURSING 

The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science 
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree. Must 
Include at least 69 semester hours for the associate and 130 (40 of which 
are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of any 
admissions deficiencies. 





SUMMER 










BIOL 101 


Anatomy and Physiology I 


3 










YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENa 101 
FDNT 125 
BIOL 102 
NRSG 104 
NRSG 105 
NRSG 114 
NRSG 115 


College Composition 

Nutrition 

Anatomy and Physiology II 

History and Trends of Nursing 

Foundations of Nursing 

Med-Surg I 

Med-Surg II 

Area B, Religion 

Math 


3 

3 

3 

1 

5 
5 
5 
3 
3 

15 16 


ENGL 102 
NRSG 213 
NRSG 215 
NRSG 217 
SOCl 125 
NRSG 220 
NRSG 223 


College Composition 

Nrsg of the Childbearing Fam 

Parent-Child Nursing 

Mental Health 

Sociology 

Med-Surg III 

Nursing Seminar 

Area B, Religion 

Area C-l, History 


3 

4 

4 

4 
3 
6 
1 
3 
3 

15 16 


BIOL 125 
PSYC 128 


SUMMER 

Microbiology 
Developmental Psych 


4 
3 


CHEM 111 


PREREQUISITE TO YEAR 3 

Survey of Chemistry 


3 



Nursing 



190 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


NRSG 326 


Concepts of Prof Nursing 


4 




NRSG 387 


Home Health/Gerontology 


3 


NRSG 327 


Nursing Assessment 


4 




NRSG 389 


Pharmacology 


2 


CHEM112, 114 


Survey of Chemistry and Lab 


4 




NRSG 394 


Nurs Research Methods 


3 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 






Area &, Religion (U.D.) 


3 


NRSG 325 


Advanced Physiology 




4 




Area F-l, UD Behavioral Sci 


3 


NRSG 335 


Community Health 




6 


NRSG 484 


Advanced Nursing Practice 


6 


MATH 215 


Statistics 

Area C-l, History or 
Area D [Area C-l unless 
one was included in A.S. 




3 


NRSG 485 


Management 

Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts/ 
Speech 


4 

3 
14 13 



15 16 



LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admission and progression requirements are the same for both Col- 
legedale- and Orlando-based programs. Minimum requirements for ad- 
mission to the clinical area of the Department of Nursing are listed 
below. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing 
is made by the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major 
is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. 

1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a four- 
year accredited high school or the equivalent. 

2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids 
(math, science, English, history, foreign language). 

3. A grade of "C— " or better in each semester of high school chemis- 
try. A student who does not meet the high school chemistry require- 
ment may remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 111 and earning 
a "C-" or better. 

4. Minimum ACT standard score of 12 in Math and 17 in English 
and composite. 

5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point average 
or ACT requirements may take a minimum of 12 semester college 
hours per semester in required courses leading to nursing (includ- 
ing three hours each of English and Math) and achieve a current 
and cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50* on nursing 
cognate courses and on solid courses (math, science, English, his- 
tory, foreign language) before being considered for clinical nursing 
courses. 

6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. 

7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least "C - " is required 
in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative grade point 



* On a 4.00 scale 



Nursing 

average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admission and progres- 
sion in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and Physiology, jQ j 
Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, and Sociol- ** 
ogy. 

8. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required both 
in nursing and in the cognates for graduation. 

9. Students with previous college work must have a minimum cur- 
rent and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* on nursing cog- 
nate courses and on solid courses (math, science, English, history, 
foreign language) before being considered for clinical nursing 
courses. 

1 0. Students whose native language is other than English must achieve 
at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its equiva- 
lent. 

11. Achieve a score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading 
test prior to admission. If the score falls between the 20-34th 
percentile level, the student will be admitted on probation. 

12. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in 
the program will be required if performance level is not achieved. 
Failure to achieve the required score on the comprehensive exami- 
nations (see NRSG 223, Nsg-Seminar) will result in delay in gradu- 
ation and requires the successful completion of NRSG 050. 

13. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, 
transfer students from another major or another college will be 
evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis. 

14. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student 
is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Progressions Committee. 

15. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness. Further references or information may be required regard- 
ing character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in 
these areas. 

16. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse pro- 
gram may receive four (4) credit hours of advanced placement in 
nursing and will articulate directly into the second semester of 
nursing upon successful completion of the course Associate Nurse 
Perspectives, NRSG 103. Prerequisites for NRSG 103 include pass- 
ing the Nursing Mobility Profile I examination at a predetermined 
level and a clinical skills examination over basic skills common 
to all areas of nursing. After the student articulates into the second 
semester of nursing, the student becomes a part of the generic 
associate degree program. 



* On a 4.00 scale 



Nursing 



192 



The following should be sent to the Director of Admissions by 
March 1 : (1) application to the college, (2) application to the Department 
of Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4) ACT scores. An advance payment must 
be received by June 1 to hold placement in the class once a student 
has been accepted. Students who for various reasons are not able to 
complete a semester or do not progress with their class, cannot be 
assured placement in their choice of subsequent class. 

CURRICULUM (First and Second Year) 

Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Scienctj 
degree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations. 

Number of Hours Required: 
Nursing 35 Natural Science 13 

Behavioral Science 6 General Education 15 



NRSG 050. Nursing N-CLEX Review (non-credit) 3 hours 

This course is designed to review and consolidate theoretical components I 
of the first two years of the nursing program. The content focuses upon j 
medical-surgical, obstetrical, mental health, and the nursing of children. 1 
The student is expected to perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive exami^ I 
nation. Failure to meet this requirement results in termination from the 
nursing program. I 

NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour j 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPMJ 
program; Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic! 
skills common to all areas of nursing. 

This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical 
Nurse for advanced placement and career mobility. It will provide an under! j 
standing of the associate nurse role, familiarize the student with philosophy j 
of spiritual care, and give an orientation to the program and its philosophy 
and conceptual framework. 

NRSG 104. History and Trends of Nursing 1 hour 

An introduction to the profession of nursing, including an overview of 
nursing history, nursing organizations, educational, legal and ethical issuer 
and opportunities of the profession. (Fall) 

NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 5 hours 

Prerequisites: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101. 
Co-requisites: FDNT 125, BIOL 102, NRSG 104. 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritu 
aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding and utiliz 
tion of the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to, 
all areas of nursing with an emphasis on the adult life cycle. Three hourd 
theory, two hours clinical. (Fall) 



Nursing 

NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101, FDNT 125, NRSG 104, 105. ^ QJJ 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing ■ W 
which include selected basic needs of adults at various points on the 
wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected 
medical-surgical problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote phys- 
ical, psychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in 
rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth 
hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing II 5 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 104, 105, 114, BIOL 102, PSYC 128. 
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing 
continuing with adult needs at various points on the wellness-illness con- 
tinuum. This includes focusing on the nursing process as applied to indi- 
viduals experiencing select medical/surgical interferences of increased com- 
plexity; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening 
in illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours 
theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 213. Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 102, FDNT 125, NRSG 115, PSYC 128. 
This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care 
of childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, 
and spiritual health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during 
and immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and 
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 215. Parent-Child Nursing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 128, NRSG 114, 115, BIOL 102. 

This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of 
family-centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness 
continuum. Two and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours 
clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 217. Mental-Health 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 114, 115, BIOL 102, PSYC 128. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing 

process in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis 

on specific psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness 

continuum. Two and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical. 

(Fall) 

NRSG 220. Medical-Surgical III 6 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125, NRSG 114, 115, 215, 217, 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the 
nursing process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, 
physical, and spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical 
interferences. The student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours 
theory, three hours clinical. (Spring) 



Nursing 



194 



NRSG 223. Nursing Seminar 1 hour 

This course is designed to aid the student in validating and consolidating 
previous learning experiences. The seminar will include intensive review 
of all areas of nursing. Comprehensive examinations will be given at the 
culmination of the seminar. The student must perform at a pre-specified 1 
level on the comprehensive examinations. If a student fails to achieve this 
level, a grade of "I" or incomplete will be given for the course. Removal 
of this "I" will necessitate the student's successful completion of the non- 
credit course NRSG 050 and graduation will be delayed. (Spring) 



UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admissions: 

All students wishing to enter the upper division nursing courses must 
send an application to the division's Coordinator of Admissions. The j 
final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is made by ! 
the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is not the j 
equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. Upon accep- j 
tance to upper division nursing, courses currently listed in the catalog I 
will be required of all students. 

Associate Degree graduates from a non-NLN accredited program and 
Diploma graduates are required to successfully complete validation 
examinations at a specified level prior to registering for any clinical j 
nursing course. Students are responsible for the cost of these examina- ] 
tions. 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are 
listed below. 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses 
in nursing with no grade below a "C". 

3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade 
below "C — " for lower division cognate courses. 

4. Students whose native language is other than English must achieve 
at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its equiva- 
lent. If the student fails to achieve the above score, he must take 
remedial work in written and spoken English and repeat the pro- 
ficiency test, achieving the above score before entering the nursing 
program. 

5. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work will be required if performance 
level is not achieved. 

6. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student : 
is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer] must be 
approved by the Nursing Progression Committee. 



Nursing 

7. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and 
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be jQR 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of 

a question in these areas. 

8. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout their 
upper division program. 

9. Eligibility for Licensure: 

Applicants to be considered for admission to junior standing in 
nursing must either have a current license to practice as a registered 
nurse in the U.S. or, if a new graduate or foreign student, must be 
eligible to sit for state boards. A student must pass NCLEX-RN 
examinations before registering for NRSG 484 and 485. 

10. Experience: 

A. Student who has graduated within five years prior to applica- 
tion. 

1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references 
are required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). Students who have graduated 
within the previous twelve months will be exempt from the 
work requirement. 

B. Student who has graduated more than five years prior to appli- 
cation. 

1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nurs- 
ing for each five years since graduation and one year must 
be in the last five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). 

11. Nursing Credit: 

Graduates of state approved schools will be evaluated on an 
individual basis. A maximum of thirty-five semester hours of nurs- 
ing credit may be given provided that criterion #2 has been met 
(which is equal to the requirements of the first two years of nursing 
at Southern College). 

12. General Education and Cognates: 

A. Associate Degree. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will 
be considered to have met general education requirements for 
the first two years of the program provided that criterion #3 
has been met. If an Area C-l course was not included in the 
associate degree program, it must be taken in fulfillment of the 
Bachelor of Science degree general education requirements of 
"3 hours Area C or D." 

B. Diploma Graduate. 

1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required 



Nursing 

I 

at Southern College if received from an accredited senior or I 
jQq junior college or by examination according to the policy 

1 %iW stated in the bulletin. 

2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed before j 
entering junior nursing courses. General education require* 
ments may be taken concurrently. 
C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level nurs- 
ing courses. 
13. Progression: 

A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be 
a nursing course. 

B. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course 
for progression and graduation. A grade of at least C- is re- 
quired in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admis- 
sion, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate courses 
are CHEM 111 and 112/114; RELT 373.) 

C. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance 
on standardized and validating tests. Remedial work will be 
required if performance level is not achieved. 

CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years) 

Students must take a total of 130 hours required for graduation includ- 
ing 40 hours upper division. 

Number of hours required after completion of the associate degree in 

nursing: 
Nursing 36 Natural Sciences 7 

Behavioral Science 3 **General Education 12 

Mathematics 3 

NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic 

Principles of Human Physiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: CHEM 112/114. 

This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with 
clinical practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic inter- 
ferences, and to move toward more independent predictive care of patient/ 
client. Four hours theory. (Spring, arranged as needed for consortium stu- 
dents.) 

NRSG 326. Concepts in Professional Nursing 4 hours 

A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition 
of learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate 
approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation 
or concepts and current issues related to professional nursing. (Fall, ar- 
ranged as needed for consortium students.) 

*On 4.00 scale. 
**One of the general education courses must be a writing course. 



Nursing 

NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours Mmm 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: NRSG 326. 4 QTf 

This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the 
expanding role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to de- 
velop advanced skills in utilizing the nursing process through history tak- 
ing, physical examination, health planning, and counseling of the patient/ 
client. Three hours theory, one hour clinical. (Fall, arranged as needed for 
consortium students.) 

NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their 
optimal level of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course 
combines community ana mental health concepts. Three hours theory, 
three hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis 
on community assessment and working with groups. Two hours theory, 
one hour clinical. (Arranged as needed Tor consortium students.) 

NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327, 346; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families and communities toward their 
optimal levels of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This 
course combines community and mental health concepts. One hour theory, 
two hours clinical. (Arranged as needed for consortium students.) 

NRSG 387. Home Health/Gerontology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 327; NRSG 335 or NRSG 346/347. 
A course providing the registered nurse student with theories and practice 
of caring tor the client (ages cover the life span) requiring skilled nursing 
care in tne home. Content will also include study of the active and non-ac- 
tive older adult. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. (Fall, arranged as 
needed for consortium students.) 

NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 111 and CHEM 112/114. 

Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, 
pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. Two hours 
theory. (Fall, arranged as needed for consortium students.) 

NRSG 394. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215 and ENGL 102. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including 
framework for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The 
student plans a research proposal. The course is designed to give the student 
the concepts, methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and appli- 
cation of research and evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall, arranged as 
needed for consortium students.) 



Nursing 






NRSG484. Advanced Nursing Practice 
4 Q£l (Primary Care with Research Component) (W) 6 hours 

Prerequisite: All 300 level nursing courses. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of sped 
ized interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical compete™ 
The choices of clinical areas may be limited due to the number of student 
in the semester. Content will focus on updating major theoretical areas and 1 
clinical skills. The scientific method of inquiry will be utilized in conduct 
ing a research project. Two hours theory, four hours clinical. (Spring, ar- 
ranged as needed for consortium students). 

NRSG 485. Management 4 hours 

Prerequisite: All 300 level nursing courses. 

This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independeJ | 
judgment in developing beginning management skills. This goal will bl 
accomplished primarily through the leadership modes, management ana 



administrative experiences inselected clinical areas. Two hours theoHH 

tsf] 



two hours clinical. (Spring, arranged as needed for consortium student; 



NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the depart J 
ment prior to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be 
earned. The area of directed study will appear on the transcript. No more | 
than six hours directed study may be applied toward a degree. 

(W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



THE ORLANDO CENTER 

General Information 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists offers at its Orlando] 
Center an alternative to its main campus nursing program. It is adminis^ 
tered by an associate chairman for the Department of Nursing. Tha 
program at the Orlando Center is an academic offering only and follows 
the same Seventh-day Adventist educational philosophy that guides | 
the main campus. Only nursing and general education courses are of- 
fered which are part of the two degree programs at the Center: a Bachelor j 
of Science and Associate of Science, majoring in nursing. The National 
League for Nursing accreditation status of the main campus applies 
fully to the Orlando Center. The Center has approval from the Tennessee 
State Board of Nursing, the Florida State Board of Nursing, and the j 
Florida State Board of Independent Colleges. 

Facilities 

AH facilities normally associated with the education of nurses are 
available at the Orlando Center. The college's main building houses 
administrative and teachers' offices, the library, a skills lab, and two 



r 



Nursing 



large classrooms. Other classrooms and lab facilities are located in the 
immediate vicinity. Clinical experience is available mainly at the jQQ 
Florida Hospital Medical Center located in close proximity to the Or- ***** 
lando Center offices. 

Financial Information 

T\iition charges are lower than those on the main campus due to the 
fact that the college offers an academic program only at the Orlando 
Center and not a student life program. Financial aid is available on the 
same basis as on the main campus. These charges are: 
l\iition — A.S.: $90.00 per credit hour 

B.S.: $55.00 per credit hour for employees of Florida 
Hospital 
$70.00 per credit hour for non-employees of Florida 
Hospital 
Entrance Fee: $400.00 
Advance Payment to hold placement in class: 

$100.00 (non-refundable to those who do not enroll) 
Employment is available at the Orlando Center to help students defray 
the cost of education. A scholarship program for eligible students is 
[available through Florida Hospital. 

Residence Hall 

Florida Hospital Medical Center operates a residence hall. This is 
ivailable on a first come, first serve basis. An application for the resi- 
dence hall is included in the admissions packet for the Orlando Center. 
No obligation is assumed by Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 
for student housing, nor Florida Hospital Medical Center for married 
, itudent housing. 

Admissions and Progression for Associate Degree Program 

Students are admitted to and based at the Orlando Center for the 
entire program. One class, limited to 40 students, is admitted each fall 
semester of the academic year. Admission and progression requirements 
are the same as for the nursing program based on the main campus, 
I (see Catalog, pp. 194-196), with the following exceptions: 
f 1. All application forms and materials are sent to the Orlando Center. 

2. Students may transfer between the Orlando Center program and 
the Collegedale program with special permission only. Transfers 
may lengthen the student's time in the nursing program. 

3. Completed medical and dental forms must be received prior to 
enrolling in the first clinical nursing course. Forms are sent to the 
student with the letter of acceptance. Health clearance is required 
before beginning care of patients. Students taking only general 
education courses must show evidence of current immunization. 

4. Students who withdraw in good standing are eligible to return on 
a space available basis only. 



Nursing 



200 



5. Applications, transcripts from high school and other colleges, if 
applicable, and all other supporting documents must be received 
by March 1 for the fall class. Send to: 

Admissions Secretary 

Southern College of SDA 

711 Lake Estelle Drive 

Orlando, FL 32803 
A non-refundable advance payment must be received by June 1 
to hold placement in the class once a student has been accepted. 

The philosophy and objectives for the nursing program are the same 
as the main campus nursing program. Identical courses are required in 
both programs with the exception that an additional course, Introduc- 
tion to Psychology, PSYC 124, is required at the Orlando Center by the 
Florida State Board of Nursing. Thus 72 hours are required for gradua- 
tion rather than 69 required of nursing students on the main campus. 
Other graduation requirements are identical. All diplomas and official 
transcripts are issued from the main campus. 

Applicants wishing to attend general education courses only will be 
admitted to these classes on a space available basis. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE, With Major in Nursing 
Orlando-Based Program: 

Major: Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree including 
NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 220, 223. Required cognates: 
BIOL 101, 102, 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; FDNT 125. General edu- 
cation requirements: Area A, B, C, E, and F as required for other discip- 
lines of the college. Students are exempt from general education require- 
ments for areas D and G. A total of 72 semester hours is required for 
the Associate of Science degree. 

The Department of Nursing reserves the right to revise, add, or with- 
draw courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. All 
hour values are in semester hours. Completion of these requirements 
leads to an Associate of Science degree and eligibility to set for the 
RN-NCLEX examination. 

Curriculum 

Number of Hours required: 

Nursing 35 Natural Science 13 

Behavioral Science 9 General Education 15 

Pre-entrance Requirements: BIOL 101 and PSYC 124 are required 
prior to admission to the fall semester nursing classes either by transfer 
credit or course credit at Southern College, Orlando Center. Any chemis- 
try deficiency must be completed in the same manner. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, With a Major in Nursing, Program 

For information about the part-time program, contact: 
Associate Chairman 
Nursing Department 
Southern College of SDA 
711 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 



Nursing 

201 



Physics 

PHYSICS 



Chairman: Ray Hefferlin 
Faculty: Henry Kuhlman 

Advisory Council: Orville Bignall, Bill Johnston, Charles Lindsey, Bob 
McCurdy, Randy Peterson, Cyril Roe, Harold Schweinler 



Employment opportunities for SC physic-major graduates have been,! 
and continue to be, excellent. Many physics professors in Americaij 
universities will retire in the next decade, and replacements will be 
sought. The Seventh-day Adventist Church will soon be needing more 
science professors for its expanding system of colleges outside of North 
America. Secondary school teachers who can teach physics will be in 
even greater demand. Industry and health care systems depend, for new 
advances, on graduates who understand physics as well as engineering 
and medical procedures. 

Careers of SC physics graduates are depicted by the advanced degreed I 
which they earn. During the 30 years from May of 1956 to May of 1986* 
57 B.A. and B.S. degrees in physics were awarded by Southern College* 
The 57 physics majors earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in physic^ 
and (with no overlap in persons) eight Ph.D. degrees in physics. They 
earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in other areas of science and 
mathematics (or in the education of the same topics), five Ph.D. degrees 
in these areas, and one post-doctoral degree in chemistry. They earned I 
six M.D. degrees, two D.D.S. degrees and one J.D. degree. 

Careers of SC physicists can also be seen by finding how these same 
physics graduates devoted their years of work. They gave 57 percent of 
their person-years to physics and closely related fields. If computer-r$i 
lated work is included, they devoted 70 percent. They served much of 
the remaining 30 percent of their person-years in the medical arts. The 
fraction of time devoted to the service of the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church, as measured by employment in the Church, was 25 percent. 



PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS 

Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 311-312, and 
412. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH 114, 174, 149, 
and 249/349 are also recommended. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. PHYSICS 



Physics 

203 



(Starting Odd Fall) 





YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 


CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory and Logic 


2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-l, Foreign Language 


3 3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Minor or Elective 


_L_2_ 




Area B, Religion 


3 






16 16 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 


3 



16 16 



YEAR 3 

PHYS 310 Modern Physics 

PHYS 495 Directed Study 

TECH 174 General Metals 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 

PHYS 413 Analytical Mechanics 

PHYS 313 Physical Optics 

Area F-l, Behav Sci 
Area B, Religion 
Area G-3, Recreation Skills 
Area F-2, Family Science 

or 
F-3, Health Science 
Minor, or Area E, or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



16 16 



PHYS 480 
PHYS 411 
PHYS 412 
PHYS 311-312 
MATH 316 
MATH 317 



YEAR 4 

Scientific Writing 
Thermodynamics 
Quantum Mechanics 
Gen Physics Calculus Appl 
Math of Physics 
Complex Variables 
Area B, Religion fUD.) 
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

1 

3 
3 
2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

_7__ 

14 14 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major (B.S.): Forty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 311-312, 412, 
and 418 or 419. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH 
114, 149, and 249/349 are also recommended. 



Physics 



204 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.S. PHYSICS 

(Starting Odd Years) 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Appl 


2 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


MATH 218 


Calculus HI 


3 


MATH 181 


Calculus 1 


4 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 


3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory and Logic 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area D, Lang/Fine Art 


3 




Area G-l or G-3, Skills 


1 




Area F-l, Behavioral Science 


3 






16 15 




Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Recreation Skill 


3 

1 








MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 


_3 
16 14 




YEAR3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


PHYS 414-415 


Electricity and Magnetism 


3 3 


PHYS 418-419 


Advanced Modern 


3 3 


PHYS 413 


Analytic Mechanics 


3 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 


3 


PHYS 313 


Physical Optics 


I 


PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Study 


1 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


1 


PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




Area F-2, Family Science 




MATH 316 


Math of Physics 


3 




OR 


2 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 




Area F-3, Health Science 




TECH 174 


General Metals 


3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area E-l, E-2 or E-4, Sci 


3 


PHYS 


Elective 


3 




Area B, Religion (U.D.) 


a 




Elective 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 



15 15 



16 16 



See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies,, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including six hours upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: Requirements listed under Education. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission 
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before 
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. Please see the 
note on page 126 between EDUC 134 and 217. 



PHYS 111-112. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the application ; 
of physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple materials. 
Laboratories include the use of calculators and the computer to do arithme- 
tic, the estimation of numerical quantities and errors, and the construction I 
of apparatus with which to make observations. Satisfies the requirements 
for some Allied Health fields; does not apply on major or minor in physics. 
Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory each week for PHYS 111; three 
hours lecture for PHYS 112. 



Physics 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: #%#*!■ 

Creation and Cosmology (£-3) 3 hours PQ5 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date 
line and calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, 
energy processes in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity 
(?) and expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation and sub- 
sequent histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive and radio- 
carbon age dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. This 
course, dealing as it does with the physical aspects of the history of the 
earth and universe, complements BIOL 424 (Issues in Natural Science and 
Religion), which deals with the biological aspects. Three hours lecture each 
week, with the occasional substitution of an observation period. (Spring) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic 
science requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a 
laboratory science if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to 
familiarize the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage 
a systematic development of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, 
Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181. 

Continuation and conclusion of PHYS 211-212. Relativity, atomic structure, 
nuclear properties and radiations, and wave mechanical calculations in 
one dimension, and other areas of twentieth-century physics. Three hours 
lecture each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall) 

PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 

211-212. 

Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral 

calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 

311-312 will have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. 

Two class periods per week. (Spring) 

PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed 
from the standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. 

PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes- 

sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 






Physics 



PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours 
206 Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 

hW of college physics or chemistry. 

The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because 
they conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, 
or both. Non-logical factors in the acceptance of scientific statements as 
authoritative. Application of the scientific method to technology-related I 
problems. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics. 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (£-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 
of college physics or chemistry. 

The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of 
design to comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday 
world and on the subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with 
the unknown (by determinists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving 
problems mathematically), or with God's continual upholding of natural 
process. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics. 

PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 181. 

A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three 

hours of lecture each week. Taught alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181; CPTR 131 or 218. 
Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the energy equation. Boun- 
dary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers. Separation-of-vari- 
ables method for the hydrogen atom. Electron spin and the Pauli require- 
ment for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of light 
atoms. Variation techniques for small atoms and molecules r Hueckel and 
LCAO methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory. 
(Spring, odd years) 

PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310; MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desirable). 
The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked 
using the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of 
particles, solids, and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector 
theorems, transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. Laboratory 
experience is available in PHYS 495. (Spring) 

PHYS 414-415. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310^ MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desirable). 
Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and 
the motion of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent 
prediction of electromagnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and 
nuclear theory are stressed. Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, 
and special functions may be used after being introduced or reviewed. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, Spring) 






Physics 



PHYS 418, 419. Advanced Modern Physics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 413, and 414-415; MATH 218, 316, and 317 (previ- 
ously or concurrently; MATH 319 desirable). In the event that the student 
fails to meet these prerequisites, permission of instructor must be obtained. 
An advanced treatment of quantum mechanics, and of one or more of the 
following: atomic physics, nuclear physics, fundamental-particle physics, 
relativity, plasma physics. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and 
research journals. The student must nave done some original research of 
an experimental, computational, or theorem-proving nature before enroll- 
ing in this course. PHYS 295/495 and 297/497 exist to fulfill this require- 
ment. 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular 
needs in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to 
registration. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned 
in accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be re- 
peated for up to four hours. (Fall, Spring) 

EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, 
to the areas of astronomy, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration 
is given to the following current issues: (1) the environment — conservation 
and pollution of natural resources; (2) space science — exploration and uses; 
(3) cosmology — special creation and evolution. (Fall) 

ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-4) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105. 
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. (Fall) 

EDUCATION 

£DUC 438. Methods of Teaching Physics 2 hours 

( Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(E-4), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Religion 



■RELIGION- 



Chairman: Jack J. Blanco 

Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Norman R. Gulley, Leon I. Mashchakj 
Derek J. Morris, Ronald M. Springett 

Advisory Council — Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty 
Presidents of Southern Union Conferences, Southern Union] 
Ministerial Directors, William Wohlers, Ron Qualley, Sharon EngeiJ 
Ken Norton, Gordon Bietz, Ken Rogers 



The Department of Religion serves Southern College of Seventh-da^ I 
Adventists by making four distinct contributions: (1) It directs the edu-< 
cation and training of those who feel called to church ministry to serve 
as pastors, evangelists, chaplains, or in various other areas of the 
church's need. (2) It offers a curriculum for those pursuing a career in 
secondary Bible teaching. (3) It makes available a non-ministerial majcnf 
in Religion for students who are preparing for professional fields otheg 
than church ministries. (4) It provides religion courses for all students 
to meet the general education requirements in religion. 

RELIGION MAJOR (Church Ministry) 

The church ministry program is integrated with that of the Seventl 
day Adventist Theological Seminary at Andrews University, Berried 
Springs, Michigan. The requirements as outlined below meet Seminarjl 
entrance requirements for the Master of Divinity degree which is the 
standard program of ministerial training prescribed by the North Ame^ 
ican Division of Seventh-day Adventists. The church ministry progranf 
is also structured to meet the specific needs of the conferences compril 
ing the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Admission to Church Ministries Program 

Students seeking admission to the Church Ministries Program mus 
make formal application the first semester of the sophomore year. (Uppe 
class transfer students must apply during the first semester in resk 
dence.) A program of assessment precedes individual advancement to j 
ministerial candidacy. The various assessment profiles will assist the! 
student and the faculty adviser in evaluating and counselling togethel 
during the period of specialized training. If at any time, after beiiJ 
admitted to the church ministries program, candidates give evidendl 
of failing to maintain commitment to the criteria or preparation for | 
ministry, they forfeit their candidacy and the department's recommend 
dation to the ministry. (Detailed information regarding the policies and 
procedures related to admission to candidacy and eventual certificatioi 
for ministry may be obtained from the secretary of the department in j 
the Religion Center.) 



Religion 

Directed Field Education 

The department requires field education of church ministry majors. 203 
These experiences are designed to enhance professional development 
by acquainting the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of 
church ministry, to provide a laboratory for working with experienced 
pastors and lay leaders in visitation of both active and inactive members, 
and to allow experience in preaching to area congregations. These ex- 
periences are necessary before the student can be recommended by the 
Department for church employment. The Department will keep majors 
informed of the specific requirements to be met. 

Summer Field School of Evangelism 

Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months 
each summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of 
Seventh-day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All church 
ministry majors are required to participate in one such crusade. The 
Department will offer six hours of academic credit in public and per- 
sonal evangelism and the Southern Union will provide a scholarship 
for those who are approved by the faculty to participate. Scholarship 
information may be obtained from the departmental secretary. Addi- 
tional evangelistic opportunities for individual students and student 
teams may be made available by approval of the Department to accom- 
modate requests from the conferences within the Southern Union. 

RELIGION MAJOR (Teaching Ministry) 

The teaching ministry program is coordinated with the Department 
of Education/Psychology of the college. Planning for certification by 
the state and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church for 
Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education/ 
Psychology Department, both for admission to the Teacher Education 
program in the sophomore year and to the professional semester before 
the senior year. 

Admission to Teacher Education Program 

The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, requirements for 
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to student 
teaching may be found in the college catalog under the Department of 
Education/Psychology and obtained from the secretary of the Depart- 
ment in Summerour Hall. 

Teacher Certification and Endorsement 

Those seeking Tennessee State Certification only must select 12 hours 
from RELB courses. Those seeking to add Denominational Teaching 
Endorsement to their certification must take RELT 138, 255 or 484, 485, 
and HLED 173. All students seeking certification in religion must take 
EDUC 438, Special Methods of Teaching Bible, regardless of whether 
they had other special methods courses. Application for certification 



Religion 



must be made with the Department of Education/Psychology before the 
2 I U eru * °* *k e s °phomore year 

RELIGION MAJOR {Non-Ministerial) 

Like other majors, it is open to all students. It is a 124-hour liberal 
arts major and provides a balanced selection of both biblical studies 
and theology courses. The four-year degree candidate may apply the 
required 12 hours of General Education courses in religion toward the 
major, thus reducing the number of extra courses needed to qualify. 
The religion major is chosen by students preparing for such professional 
fields as medicine, dentistry, and law, as well as for other graduate 
studies. 

Students who wish to take the non-ministerial major and be recom- 
mended by the Religion Department for denominational employment 
as pastors, chaplains, Bible instructors, literature evangelists, etc., must 
appear before the Religion faculty. They will be admitted to the program 
if they meet the criteria and their individualized study program as 
recommended by their adviser is approved by the department. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES IN RELIGION 

The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and 
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and 
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal com- 
mitment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six semes- 
ter hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 12 semes- 
ter hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one three-hour 
course per year which may be selected from any of the religion courses 
offered. Bachelor degree students must take at least three semester hours 
at the upper division level. (Detailed information on General Education 
requirements are found in the college catalog.) 

JERUSALEM STUDIES 

The Department of Religion recognizes the Jerusalem Center for Bibli- 
cal and Archaeological Studies as an educational service of the Seventh- 
day Adventist Church that provides study of the Scriptures and related 
subjects to full-time students and others in the unique setting of 
Jerusalem. Faculty from the Religion Department of Southern College 
are participant lecturers. The Center offers undergraduate and graduate 
work, as well as non-credit seminars on a scheduled basis. 

Although it serves as a center for instruction, the Center does not 
offer degrees or grant academic credit on its own authority. Under a 
cooperative agreement with Adventist schools of higher learning, the 
offerings for each term at the Jerusalem Center are planned as a full- 
credit unit suitable for degree programs in colleges and universities. 
Information about the Center and its programs may be obtained from 
the secretary of the Religion Department. 



Religion 






GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

The candidates for graduation in the program for church ministry 
must have a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of candi- 
dacy in order to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary entrance. In 
addition they must qualify for certification in ministry by giving evi- 
dence of moral, physical, social, and intellectual fitness. They must 
also demonstrate emotional maturity, and professional commitment, in 
order for the department to recommend them as prospective ministerial 
employees. Those students pursuing the teaching ministry must have 
a 2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education and in the field of certification 
at outlined by the Department of Education and Psychology. The general 
candidates for graduation, from the Department of Religion, must have 
a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their 
major as outlined in the college catalog. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION 

The B.A. degree in Religion requires courses in biblical studies and 
religion of which three are introductory with others covering the Old 
and New Testament, the prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and 
the Fundamental Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists in the light of Chris- 
tian Theology. 

Major — Ministers, Teachers, Non-Ministerial Major: 33 hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB 236 Understanding the Bible 3 hours 

RELB 345 Pentateuch and Writings (W) 3 hours 

RELB 346 Prophets 3 hours 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I . . 3 hours 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) . 3 hours 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) - 3 hours 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 hours 

RELT 484 Christian Theology I 3 hours 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 

Major — Church Ministry: 33 hours plus 18 hours in Biblical Lan- 
guages, 23 hours for Certification for Ministry, and cognate requirements 
as follows: 

MINOR IN BIBLICAL LANGUAGES: 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament Greek I, II , . 4,4 hours 

RELL 311-312 Intermediate New Testament Greek I, II . 3,3 hours 

RELL 471-472 Biblical Hebrew I, II 2,2 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 



Religion 

1 

CERTIFICATION FOR MINISTRY: 

RELP 321-324 Homiletics I, II, III, IV 2,2,2,2 hours I 

RELP 351-352 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours I 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hour* I 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 1 

TOTAL 23 hours 



COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

PEAC 125 Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour j 

CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 1 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) . . . 3 hours j 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours j 

HIST 364-365 Christian Church I, II (C-l), (W) 3,3 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) . . 3 hours 

TOTAL 26 hours i 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A, RELIGION — CHURCH MINISTRY 





YEAR1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition (A-l) 


3 3 


RELL 271-272 


Elem of New Test Greek (D-l) 


4 4 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Processing (G-2) 


1 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychol (F-l) 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro, to Public Speaking (D-4) 


3 


RELB 236 


Understanding the Bible 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 


3 


Elective 


Area C-2, Political Sci/Econ 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


RELB 345 


Pentateuch and Writings (W) 


3 


Elective 


Area D-2,3 Literature/Music/Art 


3 


RELB 346 


Prophets 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life (F-3) 


2 




Area E, Science 


3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage and the Family (F-2) 


2 




Area E, Science 


3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning (G-3) 


1 
14 15 




Elective 


2 

16 16 



Religion 





YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELL 311-312 
RELP 321-322 
RELP 351-352 
RELB 425 
RELB 426 
HIST 364-365 
EDUC 134 


Intermediate Greek (D-l) 

Homiletics I, II 

Church Ministry I, II 

Daniel (W) 

Revelation 

Christian Church I, II (C-1),(W) 

Prin of Christian Education 

Area G-l r 2 Skills 

SUMMER FIELD SCHOOL 


3 
2 
3 
3 

3 
2 

16 


3 
2 
3 

3 
3 

2 
16 


RELL 471-472 
RELP 323-324 
RELP 353 
PSYC 377 
RELB 435-436 
RELT 484-485 


Biblical Hebrew I, II (D-l) 
Homiletics HI, IV 
Interpersonal Ministry 
Fund of Counseling (F-l), (W) 
New Testament Stud I, II (W) 
Christian Theology I, II 


2 2 

2 2 
3 

3 

3 3 
3 3 

13 13 


RELP 465 
RELP 466 


Personal Evangelism 
Public Evangelism 


3 

3 

6 











213 



Note: If students in the church ministry program encounter unusual difficulties in completing their cognate general 
education requirements due to conflicts in scheduling, they may, through their adviser, apply for permission to take 
comparable courses within the general education offerings. 



Major — Teaching Ministry: 33 hours plus 28 hours in Education and 
cognate requirements as follows: 

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education . 3 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods of Teaching, 

Grades 7-12 (Bible) 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) ... 3 hours 

SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament 

Greek I, II (D-l) 4,4 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) . . 3 hours 

TOTAL 22 hours 



Religion 



214 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
B.A. RELIGION — TEACHING MINISTRY 





YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition (A-l) 


3 


3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Processing 


1 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking (D-4) 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life (F-3) 


2 


EDUC 125 


Foundations of Education 


3 




MATH 103 


Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 


3 


EDUC 134 


Principles of Education 




2 


EDUC 240 


Educ for Exceptional Children 


2 


BUAD 126 


Personal Finance 


3 




EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Educ (F-l) 


3 




Minor or Electives 




2 


RELB 236 


Understanding the Bible 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Comm (D-4) 


3 




Area D-2,3 Literature/Music/ Arl 




3 




Area G-l or G-2 


2 






15 


16 




Area E, Science 
Area E, Science 
Area G 3 ( Skills 
Minor or electives 


3 

3 
1 

3 

16 16 




YEAR 3 


Semester 
1st 2nd 




YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELL 271-272 


Elem of New Test Greek (D-l) 


4 


4 


RELB 435 


New Testament Studies I 


3 


RELB 345 


Pentateuch and Writings (W) 


3 




RELT 484 


Christian Theology I 


3 


RELB 346 


Prophets 




3 


EDUC 432 


Reading in the Sec School 


2 


RELB 425 


Daniel (W) 


3 






Area G-l, 2 Skills 


3 


RELB 426 


Revelation 




3 




Minor or Electives 


4 


PSYC 377 


Fund of Counseling (F-l} ( (W) 


3 




EDUC 356 


Tests and Measurements 


2 


RELT 485 


Christian Theology II 




3 


EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Education 


2 


RELB 436 


New Testament Studies 11, (W) 




3 


EDUC 437 


Curriculum and Gen Methods 


2 




Area C-2. Pol Sci/Economics 


3 




EDUC 438 


Spec Meth in Teaching (Bible) 


2 






16 


16 


EDUC 468 


Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 


8 






15 16 



MINOR— IN RELIGION 

A minor in Religion requires 18 hours including six upper division 
hours and RELB 236 and RELT 255. No more than one course may be 
selected from RELP listings or RELT 317, 318, and 424. Those seeking 
state certification and/or denominational endorsement for teaching 
could, with wise selection, acquire a minor in Religion and also fulfill 
their certification/endorsement requirements, 

MINOR— BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

A minor in Biblical Languages requires 18 hours from RELL 271-272; 
311-312; and 471-472. 

MINOR— PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 

RELP 321-322 Homiletics I, II 2,2 hours 

RELP 351-352 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

19 hours 






Religion 

BIBLICAL STUDIES 



215 



RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis 
on His teachings as they apply to the personal, social, ana religious prob- 
lems of the individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELB 175. Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including 
an introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest 
Christian communities and the theological development of the gospel by 
the early church. (Fall) 

RELB 236. Understanding the Bible (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the theory and practice of Biblical interpretation. De- 
signed to enrich anyone wishing to learn how to read and understand the 
Scriptures, the course will focus on the nature of the Biblical text, available 
resources for interpretation, and the proper procedures involved in 
adequate exegesis and hermeneutics. Some consideration will also be given 
to the interpretation of the writings of Ellen G. White as they relate to the 
Bible. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer) 

RELB 135/335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the 
understanding of Scripture based on archeological and other ancient mate- 
rial which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its 
accuracy and authenticity. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer) 

RELB 345. Pentateuch and Writings (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major divisions of the 
Old Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, 
historical setting, and significance of this literature in Christian interpreta- 
tion. Various approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be surveyed. 
(Fall, alternate Summers) 

RELB 346. Prophets (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting, 
and significance ol this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, alter- 
nate Summers) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover 

their meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, alternate Summers) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical 
fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special mes- 
sage for our day. (Spring, alternate Summers) 



Religion 



216 



RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in 
the order of their composition: Galatians, 1 and 2 Thessalonians, 1 and 2 
Corinthians, and James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts. 
(Fall, alternate Summers) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, 
Pastoral, and General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, 
alternate Summers) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 



RELIGION AND THEOLOGY 

KELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and 
the subsequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special 
emphasis will be placed on the contributory role in the church of the 
Spiritual Gift of Prophecy through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

KELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

Last-Day Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology 
rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day 
Adventist contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in 
the past and present. Also it examines the New Age Movement and Dispen- 
sationalism and focuses on how to be ready for the end event. (Fall, Spring* 
Summer) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered 
context. This course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a 
view to enhancing the student's understanding and ability to provide bibli- 
cal support for his faith. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

*RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and 

Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 317.) 

*RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and 

Religion II (B-2) 3 hours 

(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 318.) 



* One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science 
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors. 



j 



Religion 

KELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian reli- 2 I # 
gions, including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics ™ ■ * 
of each. RELT 268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not 
carry writing emphasis. RELT 368 will require observational field work. 
(Spring) 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, 
moral ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless 
norms by which to make basic ethical decisions across the professional 
spectrum. These norms are then applied to issues relevant to the student. 
Limited to nursing students or students with Junior/Senior class standing. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and Religion (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

(See Division of Natural Science listings, BIOL 424.) 

RELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious 
studies dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas, 
and Biblical studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course 
may be repeated once for credit. Open to all students. (Fall, alternate years) 

RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages 
to the present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will 
be given to various world views which are shaping Christian thought today. 
(Spring) 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Theology I and II examine the major loci of Christian beliefs. 
Christian Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christology, 
and Pneumatology; and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh- 
day Adventist fundamental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certifi- 
cation only when RELT 485 is also taken. (Fall) 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

Christian Theology II examines Anthropology, Soteriology, Ecclesiology, 
and Eschatology, covering the remaining 27 Seventh-day Adventist funda- 
mental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 



"One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science 
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors. 



Religion 

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING 

218 

Pastoral Leadership 

RELP 321. Homiletics I 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SPCH 135. 

An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be 

given to the sermon structure ana the preparation of biographical and 

topical sermons. Opportunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons. 

One lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year. 

(Fall) 

RELP 322. Homiletics II 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 321. 
Expository, textual sermon types will be considered. One field trip will be 
required. Opportunity will be provided to develop proficiency in preaching. 
One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior 
year. (Spring) 

RELP 323. Homiletics III 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 
The development of preaching skills shared in Homiletics I and II, with 
special emphasis on the preparation and delivery of the narrative/expository 
sermon. (Fall) 

RELP 324. Homiletics IV 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

The development and the preaching of evangelistic sermons which will 

prepare one to conduct a public crusade. (Spring) 

RELP 351. Church Ministry I 3 hours 

An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the respon- 
sibilities of clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or minis- 
try, the study of denominational polity, the administrative structure of the 
church on all levels, and the relationship of the local church to the commu- 
nity. Laboratory work in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 352. Church Ministry II 3 hours 

Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as 
pastoral care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting bap- 
tisms, weddings, anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area 
churches will be required. (Spring) 

RELP 353. Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours 

The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in 
pastoral visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. 
Laboratory work in area churches will be required. Upon successful comple- 
tion of the course, students will receive certification from Leadership Edu- 
cation and Development Consultants (L.E.A.D.) as Lab I graduates. (Fail) 






Religion 



RELP 455. Evangelistic Methods 3 hours 

Attention will be given to concepts and methods involving ways of creating 
witnessing opportunities, the giving of Bible studies, obtaining a decision 
for Christ, the conducting of Revelation Seminars, and public evangelism. 
Where possible, Revelation Seminars will be conducted concurrent with 
the class. Three hours per week of field experience is required. (On demand) 

RELP 465. Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

Attention will be given to methods and principles of Evangelism Explosion 
and the giving of Bible studies. Field work with local churches will be 
required. This course is available only in connection with the Field School 
of Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained 
prior to enrollment. (Summer) 

RELP 466. Public Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public 
evangelistic meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and 
hold an evangelistic series as well as Revelation Seminars. This course is 
available only in connection with the Field School of Evangelism. The 
consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior to enrollment. 
(Summer) 

RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

Lay Leadership and Missions 

RELP 051-052. Student Mission Practicum (non-credit) 6,6 hours 

This course is designed specifically for those who participate in the North 
American Division Taskforce Program, and those who work in other coun- 
tries as part of the Student Missions Program. Activities will vary according 
to specific area and positions available and the length of service will be 
from nine months to one year. May not be repeated. 

RELP 127. Student Missions Orientation 2 hours 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, 
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social 
and monetary problems, personal qualifications for service and relevant 
denominational policies for overseas service. The course is required by the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists for those under appointment 
as student missionaries. (See RELP 051-052). One-third regular tuition rate. 
(Spring) 

RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours 

The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of 
Prophecy; review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting 
institutions; study plans and methods of operation and set before the stu- 
dent the needs and call for active involvement as lay members. 



Religion 



220 



RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours 

Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian liter- 
ature. 

BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament 
times, with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required. {Fall, 
Spring) 

RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of (koine) Greek with 
translation of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the 
Pauline Epistles. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical 
Biblical Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work re- 
quired. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Bible 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Fall, Spring) 

(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (W) See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



Technology 



TECHNOLOGY 



Chairman: John Durichek 
Faculty: Francis Hummer, Dale Walters 

Advisory Council: Willard Clapp, Allen O'Neal, Leon Scoggins, Bob 
Sullivan, Jeff Taylor 



Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning 
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, draft- 
ing, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing 
classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity. 

2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living 
by providing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the envi- 
ronment. 

3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life 
as hobby and recreational activities as well as professional en- 
hancement. 

4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning 
skills. 

5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service 
occupations. 

6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and 
professional degree programs and occupations. 

These courses are essential for students majoring in: 
Art 

Business Administration 
Education 

Journalism and Communications 
Office Administration 
Pre-Occupational Therapy 
Pre-Engineering 



Associate of Science Degree — Computer Applications: TECH 101, 145, 
149, 174, 183, 245, 249, 254, 264; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 131, 219. Cognates: 
MATH 104, PHYS 111. 

The A.S. Degree in Computer Applications provides learning experi- 
ences in computer-aided drafting, computer numerically-controlled 
machines, robotics and automation, desktop publishing and other re- 
lated computer applications. 



221 



Technology 



222 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 







First Year 








FIRST SEMESTER 


Hours 




SECOND SEMESTER 


Hours 


TECH 101 
TECH 149 
MATH 104 

CPTR 105,6,7 
ENGL 101 


Tech Awareness 
Mechanical Drawing 
Intermediate Algebra 
(required cognate) 
Word Perfect, Lotus, dBase IIH 
College Composition 
Religion 


2 

2 
3 

3 
3 
3 

16 


TECH 183 
TECH 249 
ENGL 102 
PHYS 111 


Basic Electronics 
Computer-Aided Graphics 
College Composition 
Intro to Physics 
Religion 
Recreation Skills 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
2 

17 






Second Year 








FIRST SEMESTER 


Hours 




SECOND SEMESTER 


Hours 


TECH 174 
TECH 145 
TECH 154 
TECH 245 
CPTR 131 


General Metals 
Intro to Graphic Arts 
Woodworking 

Computer-Aided Publishing 
Fund of Programming 
Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 


3 
3 
3 
2 
3 
3 

17 


TECH 254 
TECH 264 
CPTR 219 


Furniture Design Construction 
Automation/Robotics fCIM) 
Symbolic Assembler Language 
History 
Behavior/Family Science 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

15 






65 Semester Hours 







Associate of Science Degree — Architectural Studies: TECH 101, 145, 
151, 245, 249; CPTR 105, 106, 107; ART 104, 110; CFSC 349; BUAD 326, 
334, 344; ECON 213. Cognates: MATH 104; PHYS 111. 

The A.S. Degree in Architectural Studies can lead to advanced degrees 
or employment in the construction industry, the arts, business, and 
other fields. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 

First Year 



FIRST SEMESTER Hours SECOND SEMESTER Hours 

TECH 101 Tech Awareness 2 TECH 249 Computer-Aided Drafting 3 

TECH 151 Architectural Drafting 3 ENGL 102 College Composition 3 

ART 104 Beginning Drawing 2 ART 110 Design II 3 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 Religion 3 

CPTR 105,6,7 Vford Perfect, Lotus, dBase III+ 3 BUAD 326 Intro to Marketing 3 

MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra _£ Skills/Rec Health _2_ 

16 17 



Technology 



Second Year 

FIRST SEMESTER Hours SECOND SEMESTER Hours 

TECH 145 Intro to Graphic Arts 3 CFSC 349 Interior Design 3 

TECH 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 2 BUAD 344 Human Resource Management 3 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 History 3 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 3 Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 

Religion 3 Behavior/Family Science 3 

PHYS 111 Intro to Physics _3 % 

V 

65 Semester Hours 



Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours 
upper division. Courses in Auto Body do not apply on this minor except 
TECH 223. 



DIPLOMA PROGRAM 
Auto Body — Repair and Refinishing 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient 
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use 
during the course. The department will assist the student in the purchase 
of these tools which will cost approximately $300. 

Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applica- 
tions to this program should be sent directly to Francis Hummer, instruc- 
tor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 
1 will receive a scholarship in the amount of one-half the tuition in 
addition to whatever grants or scholarships for which they may be 
eligible. 

The requirements are as follows: TECH 110, 111-112, 114, 116, 118, 120; 
TECH 164, 364, and three hours from General Education B-l or B-2 
courses. 



Technology 



224 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
CERTIFICATE — AUTO BODY REPAIR 

A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated expert 
ence in various facets of auto body repair. 





FIRST SEMESTER 


Hours 




TECH 114 


Oxy-Acetylene Welding 




TECH 118 


TECH 111 


Painting ft Refinishing I 




TECH 120 


TECH 110 


Pane! & Sport Repair 




TECH 112 


TECH 116 


Collision Repair I 




TECH 264 


TECH 164 


Auto Maintenance 






TECH 115 


Arc Welding 







SECOND SEMESTER 

Collision Repair II 
Collision Repair 111 
Painting & Refinishing II 
Auto Repair 
Area B, Religion 



Hours 
4 

5 
2 
3 

J_ 

17 



At the end of the second semester and nearly 1,000 hours of instruction and lab time the successful student will hav* 
skills to do: 

(1) major collision repair 

(2) frame alignment 

(3) job estimating 

(4) complete re-paint work 

(5) powerplant and drive train repair 

A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus hours of instruction and lab time. 
In addition to introductory repair projects each student will be involved in at least three major collision repair projects* ' -1 
Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applications to this program should be sent directly to 
Francis Hummer, Instructor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 1 will receive a 
scholarship in the amount of one-half the tuition in addition to whatever other grants and scholarships for which 
they may be eligible. 



AFFILIATION PROGRAM 

Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Art or 
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to 
Andrews University after one year: 



B.T. Graphic Arts 

TECH 145, 149, 245, 295 9 

ART 104, 109 5 

CPTR 105, 106, 107 3 

ENGL 101 3 

JOUR 225 3 

RELT 255 3 

SOCI 125 3 

SPCH 135 3 

B.T Technical Plant Services 

TECH 114, 115, 149, 154, 174, 183, 223, 249, 264 21 

ENGL 101 3 

SPCH 135 3 

RELT 255 3 

SOCI 125 3 



hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 
hours 



hours 
hours 1 
hours ] 
hours 
hours 



Technology 



TECHNOLOGY 



TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted 
with the field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited 
to the area of industrial technology, current and future developments in 
the industry and their impact on society. Along with an awareness of the 
qualifications to enter today's technological job market, special attention 
will be given to the training available at Southern and other SDA institu- 
tions. Open to all students. 

TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 5 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to 
straighten small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block 
ready for painting. (Fall) 

TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 4,2 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will 
progress to doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase 
his own respirator and spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body 
shop welding jobs. Personal goggles required. (Fall) 

TECH 115. Arc Welding 1 hour 

A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. 
Emphasis will be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick 
welding. 

TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. 
Body alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair 
are involved. (Fall) 

TECH 118. Collision Repair II 4 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body align- 
ment, frame straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section 
replacement. There is no lecture component to this class, but rather is 
composed of four three periods laboratory per week. (Spring) 

TECH 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an 
individual basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies 
purchasing, shop management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 

TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours 

Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera 
techniques, platemaking, screen printing and press wont. Experience is 
offered in personal computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are appli- 
cable for personal and business communications. A supplies fee will be 
charged for projects produced in class. Average cost of projects approxi- 
mately $75. (Fall) 



Technology 



226 



TECH 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments 
and the principles of orthographic projection, surface development, section* 
ing, pictorial representation, ana dimensioned working drawings. Six 
periods laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor, j 
Instruments cost approximately $40. (Fall) 

TECH 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours 

An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. 
Emphasis is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial 
drawings, shades and shadows, and perspective drawing. Open to all stu- 
dents. 



TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture 
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A 
supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project 
construction. Generally, the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 if large fur- 
niture items were constructed. (Fall) 



TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the 
matters of buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will 
work on his own car or on one belonging to the shop. Basic tools are needed 
which will cost $50-$75. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. (Fall) 



TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with 
metals. Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet j 
metal, welding, plus hand- and power-operated metal-cutting equipment I 
One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Project expenses 
average $50. Each student must purchase his own safety glasses, welding 
gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate years) 



TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours 

An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they 
pertain to AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, tran- 
sistors and integrated circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student 
to the field of electronics. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. 



TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principle! 
and techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will 
be given for class admission to those who have experience in doing automo- 
tive work and who have gas welding skills. Each student will need his 
own basic hand tools which cost approximately $100. One period lecture 
and six periods laboratory per week. (Spring, alternate years) 






Technology 



TECH 245/345. Computer- Aided Publishing 2 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 145 or equivalent. 227 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing ■■■■ 
materials such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training 
in the preparation of camera-ready documents without conventional paste- 
up and typesetting services using specialized desktop publishing software 
such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do page layout. 

TECH 249/349. Computer- Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as 
an aid in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architec- 
tural and electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods labora- 
tory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and 
its combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each 
week. (Spring, alternate years) 

TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 164. 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main 
emphasis is given to power plant and drive train design, operation and 
service. One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Each 
student supplies his own hand tools and coveralls. Minimum tool set costs 
approximately $75. All lab learning experience is on actual cars either from 
the community or personal vehicles. (Spring) 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report 
of the problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only 
to those earning a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent. 
Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing in- 
cluding terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system 
integration, flexible manufacturing and robotic applications. 

See pages 15-18 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



•A 






INTERDEPARTMENTAL 
PROGRAMS 



MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred 
upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who 
satisfy the following two conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate col- 
lege program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence 
at Southern College and at least 12 of which are at the upper 
division level. 

2. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of 
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respec- 
tive professional program has been successfully completed and 
that the applicant is eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of 
Records. 



GENERAL STUDIES 

Adviser: Wilma McClarty 

The Associate of Arts degree with a major in General Studies is de- 
signed for students who have not made a career decision at the time 
they enter college. This degree offers them an opportunity to earn a 
large part of the general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while 
leaving approximately 20 semester hours free for exploration in areas 
of their choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

AREA SEMESTER HOURS 

A-l English 101, 102 (and 099 if English 

ACT standard score is less than 13) . . 6-9 

A-2 Mathematics 3 

B Religion 6 

229 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



230 



D 



History (3-6); 

Government/Economics (0-3) 6 

Language/Literature/Fine Arts 

(include two sub-areas)* 6-9 

Natural Science 

(include two sub-areas) 6 

Behavioral/Family/Health Science 3 

Activity Skills (must include one hr. 

PEAC and no more than three hrs. 

from any one sub-area) 6 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours . . . 16-22 

Six hours of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units 
of the same foreign language were earned in high school. 



TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR 
A.A. GENERAL STUDIES 



YEARl 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 College Composition 


3 3 


Area B, Religion 


3 


Area E-l, Biology 


3 


Area G-3, Recreation Skills 


1 1 


Area G-l, Creative Skills 




OR 


3 


Area G-2, Practical Skills 




Elective {area of interest) 


3 3 


Area C, History 


3 3 


Area F, Behavioral Science 


3 



YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


Area B, Religion 
Area E, Natural Science 
Area D, Langfl.it/Fine Arts 
Area A, Math 
Area C, Hist/Govt/Econ 
Area G-3, Recreation Skill 
Foreign Language 
Elective 


3 

3 

3 3 
3 
3 
1 

3 3 

4 3 




16 16 



16 16 

See pages 12, 13 and 15-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 



NON-DEGREE 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide 
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. 
If other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are pre- 
pared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of 
courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen pro- 
fessional school. 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



ANESTHESIA 

Adviser: Katie Lamb 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved 
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional 
requirements may be determined by consulting the Department of Nurs- 
ing. 



DENTISTRY 

Adviser: Duane Houck 

Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of 
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a 
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the field 
of their interest. Although a thorough background in the biological and 
physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a broad educa- 
tional background in the humanities is desirable. Upper division biology 
courses are recommended to prepare for the Dental Admissions Test. 

Application to Dental School should be made one year previous to 
the one for which admission is required. Successful applicants should 
have a minimum G.P.A. of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses, 
satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test {given each 
October and April). Information regarding the Dental Admission Testing 
Program may be obtained from the American Dental Association, 211 
East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611. 

The following courses must be included to meet the minimum require- 
ments for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

BUAD 334 ; 3 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 , 6 hours 

MATH 114 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Physical Education 1 hour 

Religion , 9 hours 

Electives 8 hours 

The following courses are strongly recommended: 

FONT 125 3 hours 

TECH 174 , 4 hours 

ACCT 103 3 hours 

MATH 181 3 hours 

An additional Psychology course 



231 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



232 



LAW 

Adviser: Ben McArthur 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become j 
acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This 
will make possible the planning of a pre-professional program which 
will qualify the student for admission to several schools. It is a general 
requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree before entering 
law school. Although no particular major is required, four fields should 
be especially considered by the student serious about law school. These \ 
are: Business, history, English, and behavioral science. Certain course^ 
recommended by all law schools include American history, freshmaa 
composition, principles of accounting, American government, princi* 
pies of economics, English history, business law, and mathematics. Pre- 
law students should concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal, 
and writing skills. 

Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American 
Bar Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For infor* 
mation about the Law School Admissions Test write the Law School 
Admissions Service, P.O. Box 2000, Newtown, PA 18940. 



MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine 
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their 
high school years. 

It is recommended that applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior 
to entrance into medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible 
to apply after completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. Letter 
grades are essential for evaluation of the required science courses. Ap- 
plicants for admission to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine 
should maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both science 
and non-science courses. The following courses must be included in 
the applicant's academic program. Classes with asterisks in biology, 
chemistry, and mathematics are recommended. 

BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* , 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 • 6 hours 

MATH 114, 181* 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Religion 12 hours 

It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 

study of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid prepara- 
tion for the future role of the physician. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are 
directly involved in the providing of health care. 

The applicant is required to have taken the new MCAT prior to con- 
sideration by the admissions committee. The medical school entrance 
exam is administered twice a year — in September and April, Applica- 
tion for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing Center 
one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into medical 
school following graduation, the student should plan on taking the 
MCAT in April of the junior year which means that all of the above 
listed science courses should be completed by this time to insure 
maximum performance on the exam. The exam may be retaken in Sep- 
tember of the senior year. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools 
of medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premed- 
ical students are encouraged to make appointments to speak with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College 
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through 
this service. The AMCAS application may be obtained either at the 
college the applicant is attending or directly from AMCAS. Application 
should be directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry 
in the summer of the following year. 

American Medical College Application Service 
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. 
Washington, DC 20036-1989 

After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office 
of the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether 
or not supplementary information is needed. 

Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the 
pre-professional recommendation committee of the applicant's under- 
graduate college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide the 
names of all medical schools to which they are applying to the Vice 
President for Academic Administration's office before October 5. 

Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and 
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected 
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical 
school. 



OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Ray Hefferlin 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the 
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice. 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 

However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
234 P n y s * cs - Additional courses in the areas of fine arts, language, literature* 
and the social sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However, j 
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional 1 
training. 

Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 330 and 151-152 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152 8 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 181, 182 11 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric j 
Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 North Lindbergh 
Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141. 

OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. 
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive 
the D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of Health 
Sciences, Kansas City School of Osteopathic Medicine, one of twelve 
osteopathic medical colleges in this country. 

Courses for admission are similar to those for Loma Linda University 
School of Medicine. 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point aver- 
age of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science sub- 
jects. 



PHARMACY 

Adviser: Mitchell Thiel 

The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five 
years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College. 

Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat vari- 
able so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his choice 
for specific course recommendations. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



ACCT 121 . . . 3 hours 

BIOL 151-152 , 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211, 213 4 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology 2 hours 

Other 4 hours 

Speech 2 hours 

Electives 12 hours 

A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre- 
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance 
of acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score 
must be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test. 

PUBLIC HEALTH SCIENCE 

Adviser: Elvie Swinson 

There is an increasing demand for programs that promote health and 
disease prevention. Two major factors influencing this demand are (a) 
an effort to slow down or decrease the rising costs of medical care and 
(b) emphasis on improving the quality of life. The undergraduate pro- 
gram in public health science at Loma Linda University (LLU) provides 
an opportunity to emphasize the prevention of illness and the promotion 
of health. The first two years of the program are offered at Southern 
College after which the student transfers to LLU to complete the work 
to receive the bachelors degree in public health science. The following 
courses should be included in the pre-public health science curriculum 
to qualify for admission to LLU. Students not having had high school 
physics must enroll in college physical science. 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

Humanities (include at least two areas: speech (highly 
recommended), fine arts, foreign language, HMNT 

205, literature, philosophy) 9 hours 

BIOL 101-102 or 151-152, and 125 9-11 hours 

CHEM 111-112, 113, 114 8 hours 

MATH 104 3 hours 

PSYC 124, SOCI 125, ECON 225 9 hours 

Religion 9 hours 

Electives sufficient to make a total of 64 hours chosen 
in consultation will} adviser. 

The Allied Health Professions Admission Test is required. 



Non-Degree 
Pre-Professional Programs 



236 



VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is very 
keen. Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree 
rather than the required minimum of two years of college. It should 
also be noted that it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institu- 
tion other than the school in the state where the applicant resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary Ap- 
titude Test in addition to meeting grade point average and personal 
qualifications for admission. Professional training entails another four 
years of school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 151-152, 330 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 . . . 6 hours 

MATH 114, 181 ... 7 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities 8 hours 

Social Sciences 8 hours 

Speech 2 hours 

Animal Science (not offered at Southern College) .... 9 hours 
(Some schools will accept a full year of general biology 

or zoology in lieu of Animal Science — one needs to 

check with the institution.) 

It is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work closely with 
his adviser in assuring that the specific requirements for the schools of 
his choice are met. 



STUDENT LIFE 
AND SERVICES 



A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of associa- 
tion. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students 
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in 
the nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take 
advantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural, 
social, and spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" pre- 
pares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the 
rights and opinions of others, and offers a first-hand experience in 
adjusting to a social group. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires 
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork 
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with their 
parents or other approved relatives in the vicinity to reside in one of 
the residence halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for Students with 
Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and 
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. 
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for 
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office 
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive infor- 
mation concerning all features of campus life and can share with the 
college officials any information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern College 
provides a complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the students' 
needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and 
cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is available 
for the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining 
rooms are available for meetings of various student or faculty organiza- 
tions. 

237 



Student Life and Services 



HEALTH SERVICE 

238 ^ e Health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation 
with a college physician and the Vice President for Student Services* 
The director uses the physician's standing orders and maintains regular 
office hours. The college physician holds regular clinic hours each 
weekday morning. 

An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night on 
an on-call basis by live-in registered nurses who are continuing for the 
B.S. degree. 

The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all 
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge 
for seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to 
cover costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given 
are charged by the pharmacy. 

All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the Student 
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of adequate cover- 
age by another policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than 
eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing 
complete benefits and terms is given to each student at registration. In 
case of major illness, students may be referred to off -campus hospital 
facilities. 

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser who 
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on aca- 
demic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek 
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member 
of the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a profes- 
sional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student Services 
or Director of Counseling Services. Personnel trained in psychology 
and counseling are available to those with serious social and personal 
problems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling 
service in providing guidance information to both students and coun- 
selors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a 
means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or occu- 
pation. 

ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the student 
desiring a college education. There is much that the student must do 
for himself in getting acquainted with the academic, social, and religious 
life of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College 



Student Life and Services 



Student Handbook Instruction and counsel are given which will help mmm 
the student better understand the college program and what is expected P3Q 
of him as a citizen of the college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration 
for the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in 
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, 
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new fresh- 
man students are required to attend the orientation program. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his 
educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the college 
to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is 
physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class 
schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be 
able to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employment 
should contact Student Employment Office located in the Student 
Center. 

SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE 

One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting 
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service 
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of 
prospective employers. The offices of Student Services and Testing and 
Counseling serve as the liaison sources in bringing graduate and em- 
ployer together. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more semes- 
ter hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association with 
voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for leadership 
development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives of Southern 
College are afforded by the Association. The Association assists the 
college administration and faculty in the implementation of policies 
and assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus activities en- 
trusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated 
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. 
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, Southern 
Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the announcement sheet, 
Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty directory, Joker 

The activities and responsibilities of officers and the detailed organi- 
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Associa- 
tion Constitution and Bylaws. 



Student Life and Services 



CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 

240 Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than 
thirty campus organizations provide opportunity for enrichment, leader- 
ship training, and enjoyment. They include church-related organiza* | 
tions — Campus Ministry, Student Ministerial Association, Collegiate 
Adventists for Better Living, and Literature Evangelists Club; clubs re- 
lated to academic ijiterests sponsored by the departments; social clubs — 
Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi (women's residence hall), 
and Upsilon Delta Phi (men's residence hall); and special interest or 
hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade i 
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous 
semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists, lectur- 
ers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally in connec- 
tion with the weekly assembly program. The cost of admission for 
students is included in the tuition. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of be- 
havior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine Chris- 
tian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and social 
integrity appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission to 
Southern College is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and 
compliance with published and announced regulations. Only those 
whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals of the 
college and who willingly subscribe to the social program as ordered 
are welcomed. It therefore follows that since students at Southern Col- 
lege receive an education subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church, those who engage in activities designed to be detrimental to 
the church on or off campus will not be knowingly accepted or retained. 

A student who finds himself out of harmony with the social policies 
of the college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitudes give evidence 
of an unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific 
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of 
drugs, movie theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or vul- 
gar language, hazing, and improper associations are to be avoided. 

Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of 
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The 
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A 
copy may be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student 
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are 
of equal force with those listed in official publications. 



Student Life and Services 



ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination of 24 I 
residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first 
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. 
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student 
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an 
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private 
education such as is found at Southern College. The religious emphasis 
weeks and the weekend church services assist in the spiritual growth 
of the students. Students are required to attend these services regularly. 
Failure to do so will jeopardize the student's current status and readmis- 
sion privileges. 






/■" ''. 



1 




FINANCIAL POLICIES 



EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College strives to give every student the opportunity to 
obtain a Christian education. The administrators and Financial Aid 
Office personnel will make every effort to assist students in meeting 
their financial obligations in order to reach this goal. 

The Director of Financial Aid will assist in financial planning by 
helping students to obtain employment on the Collegedale campus (see 
labor regulations on page 251) and financial aid in the form of grants, 
loans, and scholarships. Before each registration EACH student must 
submit a payment agreement to the Student Finance Office showing 
how he will finance his college expenses. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given 
below to assist the student in financial planning. 

STUDENT COSTS 

Tuition 1989-90: 

Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of $263 
per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be charged 
$3,100. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $195 per semester 
hour. 

ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 

Tbition (Based on 12-16 hours per semester) $6,200 

Books, Supplies, and Miscellaneous 390 

Resident Hall 1,232 

, Food ($186/month average) (monthly minimum charge $80) 1,490 

[TOTAL $9,312* 

i *With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 

FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family are in attendance 
at SC each taking eight semester hours or more and having the same 
financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of five percent will be applied to 
each statement. A 10 percent rebate will be applied when three or more 
students have the same financial sponsor and are taking eight or more 

243 



Expenses 



244 



semester hours each. Application forms for this rebate will be available 
at the Student Finance Office. 



SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' FINANCIAL BENEFITS 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars 
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each 
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with their junior 
year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a three-hour 
class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover Honors 
Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per-hour" rate for a 16-semester hour 
class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships. 



MUSIC 

Private music lessons are offered for academic credit by the music 
faculty of Southern College and qualified teaching instructors (contract 
teachers) from the Chattanooga area. Private lessons without academic 
credit are offered through the prep program of the Music Division to 
elementary and secondary students in the area. Teaching in the prep 
program is done by contract teachers and Southern College music stu- 
dents. 

Enrollment for all music instruction must be for a full semester 
whether or not credit is desired. A minimum of fourteen one-half hour 
lessons will be provided. No refund of tuition or lesson fees will be 
made after four weeks following registration. 



MUSIC LESSON FEES 

Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or noncredit basis. A 
student will receive fourteen half-hour lessons per semester for one 
hour of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a $98 
music lesson fee per semester. 

The noncredit music lesson fee is $232 for fourteen half-hour lessons 
per semester. 

Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of 
unexcused absences. 

Music majors who have obtained Freshman standing in their major 
performance area, who are taking or have completed MUCT 111/112; 
and who are in good and regular standing as music majors will have 
the music lesson fee waived. 

Prep program students must register at the Department of Music office, 
pay in full at the Cashier's Office, and present the receipt to the Music 
Department office prior to scheduling lessons. 



Expenses 



SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 



The following special fees and charges* are assessed separately inas- 
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Application for admission (not refundable) $ 15.00 

Audit tuition V2 reg. tuition 

Automobile parking fee (per semester) — dormitory $ 34.00 

Automobile parking fee (per semester) — village $ 23.00 

Motorcycle parking fee $ 23.00 

Change of program $ 12.00 

Credit by examination (per hour) Recording Fee ........ $ 30.00 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver $ 45.00 

CLEP $ 34.00 

Rescheduling mid-term or final $ 59.00 

Incomplete grade recorded $ 7.00 

Insufficient funds check $ 18.00 

** Insurance: 

Student $180.00 

Spouse $470.00 

Each Child $325.00 

Late Registration $ 29.00 

Late return of organizational uniform $ 18.00 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably 
damaged or not returned.) 

Medical Technology Recording Fee (senior year) $ 53.50 

Nursing education fees: 

Associate degree (per semester) $192.50 

Baccalaureate degree 
(after completing Assoc. Degree) 

(per nursing semester hour) $ 12.00 

Transcript fee $ 3.00 

One-day service $ 5.00 

*See individual class descriptions for class fees and charges. 
**Subject to change. 
***Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 



STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies 
limited to $75 per semester). 

b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction 
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester 
whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour of private 
music instruction consists of fourteen one-half hour lessons. 



*** 



245 



Expenses 



246 



Refunds will be granted only when the instructor is not available 
for lessons. 



HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,232 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August 
and January Room charges are based on two students occupying one 
room and include health and infirmary care. 

A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be allowed 
to room alone at an additional cost of $230 per semester if sufficient 
rooms are available. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the cam- 
pus. If a student drops class work, a prorated portion of the semester 
charge beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room will be 
refunded. 

Room Deposits 

A $100 room deposit, paid at time of application, is required of each 
dormitory student enrolling at Southern College. It should be paid ini- 
tially by July 1 in order to insure a specific room reservation. The 
deposit will then be held by the college for the entire period including 
summers during which the student lives in a residence hall while attend- 
ing the college and will insure a room for the student when he returns 
each fall. 

If a student gives notice before July 1 that he will not be attending, 
his room deposit will be refunded. The room deposit will not be re- 
funded after August 1. Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged 
to the student's account at the end of each academic year if necessary. 

Married Student Housing Costs 

College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by mar- 
ried students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The apart- 
ments range in size from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. Rents 
range from $130 to $255 per month. Trailer space is available at $85 
per month in the College Mobile Home Park for married students with 
their own trailer. Moving and parking charges are the responsibility of 
the owner. Storage facilities are available for an additional $10 per 
month. 

Rent charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and 
proper clearance with the Housing Manager (Business Manager's Of- 
fice). Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the 
college will be required to pay a housing deposit of $125 of which $50 
is due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time 
the apartment or trailer is rented. This deposit will be refunded after 



Expenses 

approval by the Housing Manager if the apartment or trailer is left clean 

and undamaged. Pfl7 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the student the privilege of 
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Board charges for stu- 
dents vary greatly. Students are encouraged to eat healthfully by avoid- 
ing between-meal snacks and by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus 
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will 
be charged a minimum of $80 per month. Maximum allowable cafeteria 
charge will be $200 per month. Exceptions must be cleared through the 
Student Accounts Office. 

ADVANCE PAYMENTS 

Regular: An advance payment of $850 is required before registration. 
For students residing in any dormitory or married student housing, 
housing deposits are due before moving in. For new students entering 
second semester the advance payment is $650, and all other appropriate 
charges are applicable. When a married couple enrolls for a combined 
total of seventeen semester hours or less of classwork, they will be 
charged only one advance payment. One-half the advance payment 
with interest at 8% per annum from the date of payment will be credited 
to the student's account on the August statement and the remainder on 
the January statement. 

International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment 
listed above, international students are required to pay the following: 
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required 
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be 
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This 
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular deposit required 
of all students entering Southern College. 

Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, 
students are required to send a nursing deposit of $175. If a student 
applies for the nursing program but does not attend the college, or 
changes his or her major, the deposit is refundable if the Division of 
Nursing is notified by August 1. After August 1, the nursing deposit is 
not refundable. 

ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist Col- 
I leges Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed below: 
1. Complete and submit the ACA application (obtain from Admis- 
sions Office) along with the $100 application fee. 



Expenses 



2. Make arrangements for the total amount of expenses and fees 
2/18 required by the selected college through the Southern College 

b"TU Student Finance Office at the time of application. Any difference 

in total cost and approved financial aid must be paid in cash prior 

to financial approval of the application. 



METHOD OF PAYMENT 

Community students and residence hall students may choose one of 
the two methods of payment below. 

Payment Plan L Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid 
in cash at registration, a discount of FIVE percent is allowed on this 
cash payment. Amounts paid as a result of student loans, grants, or 
scholarships are excluded from the amount on which the discount is 
allowed. Students choosing to pay cash in advance must bring with 
them at registration time the full amount required by the plan for the 
semester, less any advance payments or credits. 

Payment Plan II Contract with Southern College. Students desiring 
to pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may 
choose this plan. 

Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth day of each calendar 
month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the last day of each 
month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of statement accord- 
ing to the following schedule (one-half of student's advanced payment 
will be applied to the August statement): 

Past Due Date 



August statement 



September statement 



October statement 



ONE-THIRD of (total charges less 

financial aid) less credits upon 

receipt of statement September 20 

ONE-HALF of (total charges less 

financial aid) less credits upon 

receipt of statement October 20 

TOTAL BALANCE of statement is 

due in full BEFORE semester 

examination permits will be 

issued. November 20 



The second semester statements and payment schedule will follow 
the same procedure as the first semester with the remainder of the 
student's advance payment applied to the January statement. 

Past Due Date 

January statement ONE-THIRD of (total charges less 

financial aid) less credits upon 
receipt of statement February 20 

February statement ONE-HALF of (total charges less 

financial aid) less credits upon 
receipt of statement March 20 



March statement TOTAL BALANCE of statement is 

due in full BEFORE semester 
examination permits will be 
issued. April 20 

The above schedule of payment must be mantained since the college 
budget is based upon 100 percent collection of student charges. 

Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be 
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated until 
account is current. 

Arrangement for final payment of the semester account must be made 
before semester examinations may be taken or before registration for a 
new semester. 

TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS AND TEST SCORES 

It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an 
unpaid or past due account at the school, or any unpaid account for 
which the college has co-signed. 

Official grade transcripts will be issued for currently enrolled students 
when the students' accounts are current according to the payment 
schedule set forth above. No exceptions will be made. 

Official grade transcripts for non-enrolled students will be issued 
when students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delin- 
quencies in the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be made. 

To expedite the release of these documents, the student should send 
a money order or certified check to cover the balance of the account 
when requesting the documents. Under provisions of federal loan pro- 
grams, Southern College withholds any records when payments for 
these loans become past due or are in default. 

REFUND POLICY 

Complete Withdrawal from Classes 
A student who withdraws from all schoolwork during the semester 

will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed withdrawal 

form with all the required signatures is filed with the Records Office. 

T\iition refunds are calculated as follows: 
First five (5) school days of the semester 95% 

Sixth through 37th school day of the semester 3% less per day 

No refunds after the 37th school day of the semester. 

Registration Changes 

Refunds of tuition for, semester hours dropped are made according 
to the date the drop form with all the required signatures is filed with 
the Records Office. Tliition refunds are calculated as follows: 



Expenses 

249 



Expenses 

First five (5) school days of the semester 100% 

250 Sixth through 25th school day of the semester 5% less per day 

No refunds after the 25th school day of the semester. 
Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes 

First two (2) school days 100% 

Third (3rd day through end of term) Prorated through mid-term 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, on request, 30 days after the monthly 
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in 
order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, 
if a student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would 
not be made until after the January statement is prepared during the 
first week of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may 
be refunded earlier upon request to the Student Finance Office. 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the 
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 258). Cash refunds will not be 
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial 
sponsor. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are 
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. If 
arrangements are not made within 120 days after a student leaves South- 
ern College, the unpaid account balance will be submitted to a collection 
agency or attorney. Since delinquent accounts are reported to the Credit 
Bureau systems, prompt payment of accounts build credit ratings which 
will be important to you in the future. 

If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an 
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services, 
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills. 

INTEREST 

Currently enrolled students will be charged interest at a rate of 3 A of 
1% per month (9% APR) on any past-due balance still outstanding by 
the end of the month wherein payment is due. 

A carrying charge of 1% per month (12% APR) will be added to all 
unpaid balances of 60 days or more for students not enrolled in school. 

HEALTH INSURANCE 

Southern College requires that students be covered by health insur- 
ance. Students who are covered with a similar insurance plan may, 



Expenses 

during registration, make a request of Health Service to be excluded 
from the student group health insurance. Such students will need to 25 I 
supply, at that time, written evidence from their parent's employer or ""^ 
local insurance agent which contains the company name and policy 
number under which they are covered, otherwise, coverage must be 
purchased through the college health insurance plan. 

BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed- 
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of 
the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge of a student's 
current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal prohibition. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring to campus, please remember that 
the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student 
even though such effects may be required by the college for student 
use, or required by the college to be stored in a designated location. 
College-carried insurance does not insure the personal effects of any 
individual. The college recommends that students consider carrying 
insurance to cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of 
work-connected accidents. 

BANKING AND CASH WITHDRAWALS 

The Accounting Office operates a no-charge deposit banking service 
for the convenience of the student. Financial sponsors should provide 
students with sufficient funds through the banking service to cover the 
cost of personal items of an incidental nature and travel expenses off 
campus including vacation periods. Withdrawals may be made by the 
student in person only as long as there is a credit balance. These deposit 
accounts are entirely separate from the student's regular school expense 
account. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities for students are available in departments and 
industries operated by the college and local private businesses. These 
employing agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a 
uniform work force. Student employees are responsible for meeting all 
work appointments, including during examination weeks, and to main- 



Expenses 



tain satisfactory job performance. Work superintendents reserve the right 

252 to d* sm ^ ss students if their service and work record is unsatisfactorfl 

bUfci should a student find it necessary to be absent from work, he must 

make arrangements with his work superintendent and Student Health 

Service if he is ill. 

Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of 
work. Student Employment Office personnel will assist students in 
finding jobs providing the student arranges a class schedule that allows 
"blocks" of time for work, is physically able and willing to accept any 
job offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. Stu- 
dents must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be 
eligible for campus work. 

When a student accepts employment, he is expected to retain it for 
the entire semester except in cases where changes are recommended 
by the school nurse or Student Employment Office. Should a student 
receive opportunities for more favorable employment during a school 
term, the transfer must be made through the Student Employment Office 
and the two employing organizations. If a student's financial plan re- 
quires him to work, he must NOT drop his work schedule without 
making proper arrangements with the Student Employment Office. To 
do so could result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation 
of ID card until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than student rates set by the govern- 
ment wage-hour law. It may be higher if a student possesses special 
skills or training and shows responsibility and consistency. 

The following table is an example of earnings for students who work 
30 weeks during the school year. 



Hours Worked 


Wage 


Total Earnings 


Per Week 


Per Hour 


For Year 


10 


$3.35 


$1,005 


10 


$3.50 


$1,050 


10 


$4.00 


$1,200 


10 


$4.35 


$1,305 


10 


$4.50 


$1,350 


15 


$3.35 


$1,507 


15 


$3.50 


$1,575 


15 


$4.00 


$1,800 


15 


$4.35 


$1,958 


15 


$4.50 


$2,025 


20 


$3.35 


$2,010 


20 


$3.50 


$2,100 


20 


$4.00 


$2,400 


20 


$4.35 


$2,610 


20 


$4.50 


$2,700 



Students may also work off campus; however, permission may be 






Expenses 

withheld for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a 
student's health or character development. PR 3 

WORK INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIP 

In order for a student to qualify for a $200.00 work incentive scholar- 
ship each semester, the student must meet the following criteria: 

1. Work at least 12 hours per week and 180 hours per semester be- 
tween the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon. 

2. All work must be performed in at least 3-hour blocks at an on-cam- 
pus employer or at an off-campus non-profit agency (work-study). 

3. The student must take at least 8 hours of academic credit (which 
can be any time of the day) at Southern College. 

4. All academic course work for the semester in addition to the 8 
hours must also be taken at Southern College. 

5. The bonus must be applied for at the end of the semester and 
approved by the work superintendent. 

6. The approval of this bonus will be processed by the labor office 
and also approved by the Financial Aid Office. 

7. This bonus is based on the assumption that a job is available and 
the student meets all of the above criteria. 

8. The work incentive scholarship is in addition to the regular hourly 
wage received. 

9. Southern College in no way guarantees that there will be enough 
jobs to meet the criteria of 1 and 2. Since there are a limited 
number of jobs in the morning, it is up to the student and the 
work superintendent to work out a work schedule that satisfactor- 
ily meets these criteria. 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure 
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign stu- 
dents with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty 
hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student visas of their 
own or have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

SC encourages the payment of tithe and church expense by its student 
workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be made 
by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study 
Program) to have ten percent of his school earnings charged to his 
account as tithe and two percent for church expense. These funds are 
then transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 



Expenses 



2S4 



HALF-PRICE TUITION PLAN 

A special half-price tuition plan has been established for bac- 
calaureate graduates who wish to continue studies at Southern College 
in order to pursue another major, enter a pre-professional program, or 
update their skills. The provisions that apply are: 

1. To be eligible for tuition at half price, students must have earned 
a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university and 
have a clear transcript, with accounts and loan payments up-to- 
date with the college or university. 

2. Regular admission criteria apply to this program. Completed appli- 
cations, college transcripts, and recommendations must be on file 
in the Admissions Office of Southern College no later than two 
weeks prior to the beginning of the semester for which the graduate 
is applying. 

3. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Financial 
Aid Office. 

4. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and 
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The half- 
price offer does not include private music lessons, independent 
study, directed study, student teaching, internships, Associate De- 
gree nursing, or a program where a tuition discount is already in 
effect. 

5. Since the half-price offer is for tuition only, it does not apply to 
lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, dormitory charges, or 
cafeteria charges. 

6. Southern College reserves the right to discontinue this special 
tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration. 

SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION POLICY 

Persons over sixty-five (65) years of age may audit any regular college 
course free of charge, provided there is space available and sufficient 
enrollment of students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees 
will be charged where required. 

They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular rate, 
provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of students 
paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be charged where 
required. 

They may enroll for seminars, workshops, other courses offered out- 
side the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price. 



Financial Aid 



FINANCIAL AID 



Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial 
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national 
origin, or ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established 
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent 
treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Director of Student Finance, P.O. 
Box 370, Co liege dale, Tennessee 37315-0370, for information about and 
applications for financial aid. Applications received by May 1 will be 
given preference. Applications received after May 1 will be processed 
as long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one aca- 
demic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take at 
least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and demonstrate 
financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the Student 
Finance Office. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. citizenship 
or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must be submitted with 
aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply each year. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is adminis- 
tered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and 
philosophy which is, that the parents are the primary and responsible 
source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. Financial 
aid is available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources 
(parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost 
of attending Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is 
based on the family's net income, number of dependents, allowable 
expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family Financial Need Analysis 
from the American College Testing Program or College Scholarship Serv- 
ice is used in determining a student's eligibility for financial aid. 

Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships 
awarded on the basis of academic achievement. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, recip- 
ient must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory aca- 
demic progress is defined below. If a student does not maintain satisfac- 
tory academic progress or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit 
required classwork, or take required examinations, financial aid will 
be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic Prog- 
ress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from 
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 



255 



Financial Aid 



256 



SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS FOR 
FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

To be eligible for Federal and/or Institutional financial aid, a student 
must maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress. 

Financial aid recipients will be expected to complete a minimum of 
25 hours of academic credit each school year (July 1 to June 30). This 
will allow up to five years maximum for completion of a four-year 
degree, and three years maximum to complete a two-year degree. 

For the purpose of this policy, satisfactory academic progress is de- 
fined as maintaining a cumulative, overall, and resident grade point 
average above the suspension levels as stated in the following schedules: 

Semester Hours Financial Aid Suspension Level 

6-48 1.50 

49-64 1.65 

65-80 1.75 

81-93 1.85 

94-119 1.95 

120 up 2.00 

A student's financial aid will be suspended if he does not maintain 
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above. 

Financial Aid Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress" 
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester. 
The recipient must see a financial aid counselor before aid will 
be released for the probationary semester. This aid is subject to 
adjustment or cancellation. 

2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in 
the requirements above must be attained by the end of the proba- 
tion semester or financial aid will be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress Com- 
mittee describing the circumstances which contributed to their failure 
to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined 
program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic re- 
quirements. 

When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements. 

Provisions for Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on 
all hours they have attempted. Students with a minimum GPA below 
the policy, stated above, will be on financial aid probation provided 



Financial Aid 

257 



they were eligible for continuing aid at the institution from which they 
transferred. 

If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they 
must follow Southern College procedure for appeal and reinstatement 
of financial aid. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must 
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid pro- 
grams: 

1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College 
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF] of the College 
Scholarship Service. 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid, Form B. 

3. Southern College admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who at- 
tended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern 
College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from home town lender. 
(Southern College has arranged for last resort lenders for students 
whose home town lenders do not participate in the GSL program 
or for any reason refuse to make the loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained 
by contacting Southern College Financial Aid Office. Students are urged 
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income 
tax returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be 
completed, not necessarily mailed to IRS before submitting the financial 
aid application. 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

An official offer of financial aid will be sent to each applicant. To 
confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must return the 
signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt. 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds 
are available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. 
The financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 
3) grant or scholarship. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each 
semester. Students must sign vouchers, and other documents necessary 
to have funds released to statements, at the disbursement office in 



Financial Aid 

Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this 
258 procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not in- 
cluded in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the 
office of Student Financial Aid. Federal Regulations prohibit "over- 
awards," therefore, when total of all resources exceeds the allowable 
student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial 
aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any 
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

The refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined 
on page 247. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational 
costs (tuition, books, room, and board), when a student withdraws from 
classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of tuition and 
room rent, the refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid credited 
to the student account. The allocation of the refund will be applied as 
follows (according to the refund formula): 

1. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 

2. PERKINS LOAN (Formerly NDSL) 

3. STAFFORD LOAN (Formerly GSL) 

4. PARENT STUDENT LOAN/SUPPLEMENTAL LOANS FOR STU- 
DENTS 

5. PELL GRANT 

6. STATE GRANT 

7. INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 

8. PRIVATE SCHOLARSHIPS 

9. PARENTS/STUDENT 

Refund Formula: 

Total amount of Federal and State financial aid 
(excluding employment) awarded for period 

Total amount of all financial aid awarded for 
period (excluding employment) 

Rationale for Allocation of Refund and Repayment Formula 
According to the order of allocation: 

1. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant — These funds are 
very limited and can be re-awarded to needy students who may 
have had to take two loans due to the lack of grant funds. 

2. Perkins Loan — To reduce the amount of debt to the student; and 
the recovery of funds can be re-awarded to other needy students. 



Financial Aid 



3. Stafford Loan — It is to the student's advantage to reduce the 
amount of debt that will have to be repaid. P59 

4. Parent Loans/Supplemental Loans for Students — These loans are "***• 
obtained generally to offset or reduce their expected contribution. 

5. Pell Grants are from an entitlement program and cannot be re- 
awarded. 

6. Recipients of State Grants are generally recipients of Pell Grants. 

7. Institutional scholarships and loan funds are very limited, there- 
fore these funds can be re-allocated to other students. 

8. Private scholarships are usually based on achievement and not 
need. 

9. Parents and students are primarily responsible for educational 
expenses. 

Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and 
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An 
example would be the student who received a Stafford Loan, and did 
not use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a repay- 
ment to any Federally funded student aid program cannot receive any 
type of Federal student aid for future enrollment periods until repay- 
ments have been made. 

VETERANS 

Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an accred- 
ited training institution. Those who qualify for educational benefits 
should contact the nearest Veterans Administration office. 

Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in 
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required 
to report promptly to the V.A. the last day of attendance when an eligible 
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not 
fulfill requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, 
non-credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and corre- 
spondence work cannot be certified. 

TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

General Institutional Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a vari- 
ety of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are achiev- 
ing academically, and are working part time. These awards usually 
range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's need 
and availability of funds. 



Financial Aid 



260 



The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regardless 
of financial need: 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen who 
graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary 
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern Col- 
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA 
of 3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 27 or above, a high 
academic scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two 
thousand dollars would be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for 
each of the following three years. The student would have to maintain 
an SC GPA of 3.50 and carry not less than 14 semester hours of class 
work each semester enrolled. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who have served as S.A. President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A. Spiritual 
Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, School Paper 
Editor, and enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester 
hours. 

NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to 
finalists in the National Merit contest in the amount of $1,300 and 
semi-finalists are awarded $850. Students must enroll at Southern Col- 
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score 
of 25-28 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA 
of 3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern 
College. Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 29-36 are eligible 
for an $850 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester 
of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must 
enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in con- 
ference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement. 

Grants 

THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides 
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students. 
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally- 
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances. 

SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT — Lim- 
ited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, Connect- 
icut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, 
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Ver- 



Financial Aid 



mont, Washington, and West Virginia. Check with your state grant agency 

for additional information. PR I 

Loans 

PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student Loan) — Under 
this program, students can borrow money from the federal government, 
through the school. Repayment and five percent interest begin nine 
months after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time 
enrollment. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing stu- 
dents only. Repayment and five percent interest begin nine months after 
a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 

STAFFORD LOANS (Formerly Guaranteed Student Loans) are avail- 
able through lending agencies in each of the states. A student may 
borrow from a bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or other 
lender, and the state agency will guarantee the loan. 

Category Annual Aggregate 

of Borrower Loan Limits Loan Limits 

First and Second Year $2,625 

Third Year or beyond $4,000 $17,250 

The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the student 
is in school. Repayment and eight percent interest begin six months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enroll- 
ment. For new borrowers who seek loans for periods of enrollment 
beginning on or after July 1, 1988, the interest rate is eight percent for 
the first four years of repayment and 10 percent after that. 

PARENT LOANS (PLUS) — A parent or self-supporting student may 
borrow from a bank or other lender and a state or private non-profit 
agency will guarantee the loan. A parent may borrow $4,000 per year 
to a limit of $20,000. 

PLUS and SLS borrowers generally must begin repaying both princi- 
pal and interest within 60 days after the last loan disbursement. How- 
ever, if a deferment applies (including a deferment for being in school) 
borrowers do not begin repaying any principal until the deferment ends. 

Note: Deferments do not apply to interest, although the lender may 
let the interest accumulate until the deferment ends. 

PLUS and SLS loanss have variable interest rates, adjusted each year. 
For the 1988-89 award year, the interest rate was 10/45 percent. The 
interest rate for the 1989-90 award year will be determined in June 1989. 
The interest rate for each loan is shown on the promissory note, signed 
by the borrower when the loan is made. 



Financial Aid 



Work 

262 COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work-study pro- 
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the 
government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus. 
Students can work part time while they are in school, and they can 
work full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic 
pay rate is usually the current minimum wage; this may vary depending 
on the skill and experience needed for the job. 

OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students 
meeting the above requirements or having exceptional academic 
achievement. Details concerning amounts and qualifications for recip- 
ients of these funds can be obtained from the Director of Student Fi- 
nance. 
George Alden Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Mas- 
sachusetts 
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from the Ap- 
palachian Mountain region 
Theresa Brickman Scholarship for office administration majors 
Dora McClellan Brown Scholarship for theology majors 
Burdick Scholarship for religion, behavioral science or science majors 
Business Administration Scholarship for business majors 
Caldwell Nursing Loan for nursing students planning to serve the 

Chattanooga community 
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan 
Chatlos Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Drs. TonyY.T, andDelmaA. Q. Chen Scholarship Endowment Fund 
John Christensen Scholarship for chemistry majors 
Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship for nursing students from 

Florida. (Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic origin) 
Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan for junior or senior biology or nat- 
ural science majors 
Otto Christensen Loan for potential Bible instructors or theology 

majors 
Class of 1969 Loan for juniors and seniors 
Frankie Collins Loan for ministerial students 
Conger Memorial Scholarship for education majors or minors 
Edythe Stephenson Vocal Music Scholarship for junior/senior voice 

majors or minors 
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship for education majors 
Paul Fisher Scholarship 



Financial Aid 

Harry H. Goggans Scholarship gm*%g% 

K. W Grader Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 263 

Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship 

Hearst Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from the Appala- 
chian region 

Henson Mathematics Scholarship for math majors 

D. W Hunter Scholarship for theology students 

Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship 

William lies Scholarship 

Johnston Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from North 
Carolina 

Jonathan Lincoln Art Scholarship for art majors or minors 

IradG Levering Loan for elementary and secondary education majors 

Luddington Memorial Scholarship 

Nellie Henderson Maddox Scholarship for music major or minor with 
keyboard emphasis 

Manor Care Scholarship for office administration majors 

O. D. and Anna Ruth McKee Scholarship 

Mitzelfelt Band Scholarship for members of the band 

Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship for junior and senior history 
majors 

Carolyn Niemeyer Scholarship for nursing majors 

Nursing Magazine Scholarship for nursing majors 

Nutrix-Primus Nursing Scholarship for nursing majors 

Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan for nursing students 

A. E Ruf Family Scholarship for English or history majors 

So-Ju-Conian Anonymous Birthday Scholarship for decendents of 
Southern Junior College students 

Linda Beardsley Stephens Memorial Loan for nursing students 

Daniel W Stephenson Graphic Arts Scholarship 

Sudduth Memorial Scholarship for potential teachers 

Ambrose Suhrie Scholarship for elementary education majors 

Anton Julius Swenson Loan 

Tait Family Scholarship for nursing, business or chemistry majors 

Mollie Tanzer Scholarship 

William Taylor Scholarship for students from Southeast Asia College 

John C and Sue Dale Thompson Scholarship 

Sanford and Martha Ulmer Scholarship 

Wayne VandeVere Scholarship for business and accounting majors 

Scott Jeffery Yankelevitz Memorial Scholarship 



^0 £*& 



/ 



BOARD AND FACULTY 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



*A. C. McClure, Chairman 

E. A. Anderson 

Mardian Blair 

Tom Campbell 
* Richard Center 

Cecil Coffey 

Edythe Cothren 

Jackson Doggette 

C. E. Dudley 
*Jim Epperson 
**Charles Fleming, Jr. 

Robert Folkenberg 
*W. A. Geary 

M. D. Gordon 

R. R. Hallock 

Bill Hulsey 

William lies 

O. R. Johnson 

Ben Kochenower 

J. C. McElroy 

Bill McGhinnis 



*Ellsworth McKee 
**0. D. McKee 
Denzil McNeilus 
Harold Moody 
Harvey Murphy 
Robert Murphy 
Ralph Peay 
** Forrest Preston 
Winton Preston 
Earl Richards 
Lin Richert 
Jan Rushing 
*Donald R. Sahly 
Clinton Shankel 
*Ward Sumpter 
**Martha Ulmer 
Tom Werner 
J. H. Whitehead 
Bonnie Wilkens 
Ben Wygal 



* Members of the Executive Board 
** Honorary Trustees 



COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 



PRESIDENT 

Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President 

Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) Senior Vice President for 

Academic Administration 

Records 

Mary Elam, M.A* (1965) Director of Records 

265 



College Administration 

Library 

266 Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971} . . . • Director of Libraries 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program 

Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian 

Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S. (1966) Assistant Librarian 

(Orlando Campus) 

Instructional Media 

Frank Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media 

ADMISSIONS, PUBLIC RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for 

Admissions and College Relations 

Doug Martin, B.A. (1988) Associate Director of Recruitment 

Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director of 

Recruitment 

Dean Kinsey, M.Ed. (1983) Associate Vice President for 

Alumni and Public Relations 

Public Relations 

Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Public Relations 

Student Finance and Accounts 

Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance 

BUSINESS SERVICES 

Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President for Finance 

Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) Assistant Vice President for 

Finance 

Financial and Accounting Services 

Robert Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A. (1961) Treasurer 

Louesa Peters, B.A. (1964) . Chief Accountant, Assistant Treasurer 

Commercial Auxiliaries 

Dale Collins, B.A. (1988) .... Associate Manager, The College Press 

Roy Dingle, A.S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market 

Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press 

Don Spears (1984) Manager, Supreme Broom Company 

Bruce Vogt, B.S. (1986) . . . Production Manager, The College Press 

Charles Whidden (1984) Manager, Village Market 

Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop 

Computer Services 

John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director, Computer Services 

Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Analyst/Programmer 

William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 



College Administration 

Service Auxiliaries 

Charles Lucas (1984) . Director, Physical Plant Pfif 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service 

C. R. Lacey (1970) Director, Grounds 

William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool 

Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services 

WSMC FM90.5 

Doug Walter, B.A. (1984) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 

Gerald Peel, B.A. (1985) Station Relations Director, WSMC 

STUDENT SERVICES 

William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) . Vice President for Student Services 

Residence Halls 

Stan Hobbs, B.A. (1985) Associate Dean of Men 

Don Mathis, B.S. (1988) Associate Dean of Men 

Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Dean of Men 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Lydia Rose, B.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Counseling 

K. R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Director of Counseling and Testing 

Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service 

Waldemar Kutzner, M.D. (1974) College Physician 

Security 

Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Director, Security 

DEVELOPMENT 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) Vice President for Development 

William H. Taylor, M.A. (1958) . . . Director, Endowment Campaign 

COLLEGE PASTORS 

Gordon Bietz, D.Min. (1981) Pastor 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) College Chaplain 

Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) Youth Pastor 

Rolland Ruf, B.A. (1969) Associate College Pastor 

Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor 



Faculty Directory 



268 



FACULTY EMERITI 



Dorothy Evans Ackerman, M.Music, Associate Professor Emerita of 
Music 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Mus., University of Chattanooga. 

Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Secre- 
tarial Science 
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Thelma Cushman, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home Eco- 
nomics 
B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., 
Michigan State University. 

Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Education 
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern Univer- 
sity. 

R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., 
Andrews University. 

Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic Admin- 
istration 
B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; 
Diploma of Education, University of Western Australia; M.Ed., 
Maryland University; Ed.D., Maryland University. 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga; 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee. 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Evlyn Lindberg, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of English 
B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University. 

Drew Tbrlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Industrial Edu- 
cation 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee. 



FACULTY DIRECTORY 

Kimberly Wygal Arellano, M.Acc., Assistant Professor of Business 
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.Acc, Univer- 
sity of Oklahoma. (1987) 



Faculty Directory 

J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M.Mus., American Conservatory of PoH 
Music, D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 6W| ' 

Wiley Austin, M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University. (1988) 

Ben Bandiola, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.S.E., M.A., Philippine Union College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
(1984) 

tRonald Barrow, Ph.D., Vice President for Admissions and College Rela- 
tions 
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
Walden University. (1979) 

John Beckett, B.A., Director of Computer Services, Instructor of Com- 
puter Science 

B.A., Southern Missionary College. (1974) 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Ellen G. White Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 
B.D., Andrews University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. 
(1961) 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of 
Library Science 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State Univer- 
sity (1971) 

tDale J. Bidwell, B.S., Senior Vice President for Finance 
B.S., Columbia Union College. (1989) 

Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Union College; M.A., SDA Theological Seminary; B.D., SDA 
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary; 
Th.D., University of South Africa. (1983) 

Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A.T., University of Tennessee 
at Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1965) 

Gerald Colvin, Ph.D., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., 
University of Georgia. (1972, 1984) 

Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Associate Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee 
State University. (1971) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College, 
t Administration 



Faculty Directory 



tKenneth R. Davis, M.A., Director of Counseling and Testing, Assistant 
270 Professor of Religion 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 
M.A., Boston University. (1970) 

Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. (1968) 

Frank Di Memmo, M.S., Director of Instructional Media 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., Shippensburg University, 
(1980) 

Roy Dingle, A.S., Instructor of Home Economics; Bakery Manager, Vil- 
lage Market 
A.S., Southern Missionary College. (1974) 

John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College 
for Teachers. (1969) 

Richard Erickson, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business 
B.S., M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

Earl Evans, B.S., Director of Food Services; Instructor of Home Eco- 
nomics 

B.S., Andrews University. (1977) 

Ted Evans, M.Ed„ Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chat- 
tanooga. (1974) 

Diane Fletcher, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Home Economics 

B.A., Avondale College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., Texas 
Woman's University. (1985) 

Flora Flood, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia. 
(1983) 

Sandra L. Fryling, M.A., Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.A., New Eng- 
land Conservatory of Music. (1989) 

Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technol- 
ogy. (1968) 

Philip G. Garver, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan Univer- 
sity; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College, 
t Administration 



Faculty Directory 

Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers Col- P71 
lege. (1967) fc f ■ 

Judith Glass, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Texas at Austin; M.Mus., University of Texas 
at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970) 

Jon Green, Ph.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; M.A., An- 
drews University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1989) 

tFloyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Administration 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. (1966) 

Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Walla Walla College. 
(1957) 

Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc, Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Philippine Union College 
Seminary, M.H.Sc, Philippine Union College. (1978) 

Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary 
College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. (1978) 

David W. Haley, B.S., Assistant Professor of Business 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1989) 

Richard Halterman, M.S., Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University. 
(1987) 

Jan Haluska, Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; 
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Carole Haynes, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of Tennessee 
at Chattanooga. (1982) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College, 
t Administration 



Faculty Directory 



Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics 
P7P B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of Technol- 

ogy. (1955) 

Dorothy Hooper, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 
(1975) 

Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of North 
Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973) 

Shirley Howard, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Knox- 
ville. (1974) 

Francis Hummer, Instructor of Technology (1979) 

Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Knox- 
ville. (1977) 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Director, ANGEL Program 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of Tennes- 
see, Knoxville. (1976) 

Bradley G. Hyde, M.S.C.S., Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland University. 
(1988) 

Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1982) 

Steven Jaecks, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.S., University of Tennessee at Chat- 
tanooga. (1980) 

Beth Jedamski, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., Georgia State Univer- 
sity. (1983) 

John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T., 
Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.S., George 
Peabody College for Teachers. (1987) 

tDean Kinsey, M.Ed., Associate Vice President for Alumni and Public 
Relations 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., Boston University. (1986) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College, 
t Administration 



Faculty Directory 

Henry Kuhlman, PhD., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan Uni- 273 
versity; PhD., Purdue University. (1968) "* 

Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work 
and Family Studies 
B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. 
(1972) 

Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972) 

Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980) 

Terry Martin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S., Andrews 
University. (1988) 

Leon L Mashchak, PhJ)., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
California Graduate School of Theology. (1987) 

Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Chicago. (1979) 

Caroline McArthur, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University (1979) 

tjack McClarty, Ed.D., Vice President for Development 

B.M.Ed., University of Montana; M.M.Ed., Andrews University; 
Ed.D., University of Montana. (1972) 

Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., 
University of Montana. (1972) 

tRobert W. Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A., Treasurer 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Arkan- 
sas. (1961) 

*Robert Moore, M.S., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North 
Carolina. (1979) 

Douglas F. Morgan, M.A., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Chicago. (1989) 

Derek Morris, D.Min., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.Di v., Andrews University; D.Min., 
Andrews University. (1987) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 

College. 
* Study leave 
t Administration 



Faculty Directory 

Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 
274 B,Sm East C^ 011118 University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981} 

Laura Nyirady, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University (1986) 

Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
Loma Linda University. (1986) 

Georgia O'Brien, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1988) 

Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter-Amer- 
ican University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Andrews Univer- 
sity. (1971) 

*Mark Peach, M.A., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M. A., Washington State University. (1987) 

Dennis Pettibone, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., Univer- • 
sity of California, Riverside. (1988) 

Marsha Rauch, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Catholic University of 
America. (1986) 

Evonne Richards, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ed.D., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1983) 

Joi Richards, B.S., Instructor of Physical Education 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1989) 

Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of 
Texas. (1971) 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; 
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., 
University of the Pacific. (1976) 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A., University of Maryland; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. (1964) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 

College. 

Study leave 






Faculty Directory 



Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan Univer- 
sity. (1978) 

tDonald R. Sahly, Ed.D., President 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Univer- 
sity of the Pacific. (1986) 

Helen Sauls, M.A., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M. A., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Lynn Sauls, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and English 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Peabody College of Van- 
derbilt University; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Lola Scoggins, M.P.H., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Columbia Union College; M.P.H., Loma Linda University. 
(1988) 

Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982) 

David Smith, M.A., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University. (1981) 

Peggy Smith, B.S., Instructor of Office Administration 
B.S. Southern Missionary College. (1988) 

Kenneth Spears, M.B.A., Vice President for Finance 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A., Middle Tennessee State 
University (1963) 

Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969) 

Jeanette Stepanske, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Uni- 
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1979) 

Elvie Swinson, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N.E., Columbia Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 
(1973) 

tWilliam H. Taylor, M.A., Director, Endowment Campaign 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska. (1958) 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Union College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Maryland. (1966) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College, 
t Administration 



Faculty Committees 



Cheryl K. Thompson, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Florida. 
(1982) 

Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.P.A., Ruth McKee Professor ofEntrepre- 
neurship and Business Ethics 
B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1956) 

Dale Walters, M.S., Assistant Professor of Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee University. 
(1988) 

Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982) 

Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 

Larry Williams, M.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work and Family 
Studies 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W., University of Georgia. 
(1983) 

tWilliam Wohlers, Ph.D., Vice President for Student Services 

B. A., Walla Walla College; M. A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Nebraska. (1973) 

Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 
B.S., Andrews University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern Califor- 
nia. (1966) 

Marcie Woolsey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Loma Linda University; 
Ph.D., University of California, Davis. (1981) 

Jon D. Worth, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S., Washington State University. (1989) 



PROPOSED FACULTY COMMITTEES 
FOR THE 1989-90 SCHOOL YEAR 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: Floyd Greenleaf, Chairman, Ron Barrow, Peggy Bennett, 
Jack Blanco, Gerald Colvin, Frank Di Memmo, John Durichek, Mary Elam, Diane 
Fletcher, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, Ray Hefferlin, Bradley Hyde, 
Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Ben McArthur, Stephen Nyirady, Marvin Robertson, Lynn 
Sauls, David Smith, Wayne VandeVere, and Steven Warren. 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College, 
t Administration 



Faculty Committees 

ABSENCE COMMITTEE: Dorothy Hooper, Chairman, Ann Clark, Rick Halter- 
man, Kassy Krause, Don Mathis, and Becky Rolfe. n^^ 

ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman, Joyce Cotham, Sharon 
Engel, Floyd Greenleaf, Ron Qualley, El vie Swinson, and William Wohlers. 

ADVISEMENT COMMITTEE: Mary Elam, Chairman, Ben Bandiola, Ron Barrow, 
K. R. Davis, Floyd Greenleaf, Carole Haynes, Merritt MacLafferty, Evonne 
Richards, and Larry Williams. 

COMPUTER SERVICES COMMITTEE: Dale Bidwell, Chairman, Mary Elam, 
Richard Erickson, Floyd Greenleaf, Bradley Hyde, Henry Kuhlman, Ken Norton, 
Louesa Peters, Larry Williams, and one student. John Beckett serves as consult- 
ant. 

FACULTY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE: Larry Hanson, Chairman, Ron Barrow, Jan 
Haluska, Steve Jaecks, Katie Lamb, Stephen Nyirady, and Wayne VandeVere. 

FINANCIAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE: Dale Bidwell, Chairman, Richard 
Erickson, Earl Evans, Ed Lamb, and Allen Olsen. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE: Gerald Colvin, Chairman, Ben Mc- 
Arthur (Ch. Honors Committee), Dave Smith (Ch. Writing Committee), Beth 
Jedamski, Dan Rozell, Ron Springett, and Mitchell Thiel. 

WRITING SUBCOMMITTEE: Dave Smith, Chairman, Bruce Ashton, Douglas 
Bennett, Ray Hefferlin, Duane Houck, Pat Morrison, and Lynn Sauls. 

HONORS COMMITTEE: Ben McArthur, Chairman, Floyd Greenleaf (ex officio), 
Wilma McClarty, Helmut Ott, Art Richert, Cecil Rolfe, and Marcie Woolsey. 

LOANS AND SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE: Ken Norton, Chairman, Ron Bar- 
row, Sharon Engel, Shirley Howard, Jack McClarty, Ron Qualley, William 
Wohlers (ex officio), and two students. 

INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES COMMITTEE: John Keyes, Chairman, Peggy 
Bennett {Library and Academic Affairs), Don Dick, Frank Di Memmo (Instruc- 
tional Media), Loranne Grace (Library), and Steve Warren. 

RECRUITMENT / RETENTION COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman, K. R. 
Davis, John Durichek, Ted Evans, Carole Haynes, Dean of Men, Dean of Vfomen, 
and one student. 

SOCIAL / RECREATIONAL COMMITTEE: Jeanne Davis, Chairman, Earl Evans, 
Steve Jaecks, Laura Nyirady, Georgia O'Brien, Cherie Smith, and Peggy Smith. 

TEACHER EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL COMMITTEE: (All ex officio) Gerald 
Colvin, Chairman, Ben Bandiola, Hamlet Canosa, Joyce Cotham, John Durichek, 
Diane Fletcher, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Larry 
Hanson, Carole Haynes, Leon Mashchak, Helmut Ott, Dennis Pettibone, Marvin 
Robertson, Cyril Roe, Jeanette Stepanske, Alton Whidden, William Wohlers, 
and Marcie Woolsey. 

STUDENT SERVICES COMMITTEE: William Wohlers, Chairman, Kim Arellano, 
Don Dick, Sharon Engel, Judy Glass, Edgar Grundset, Jim Herman, Ken Norton, 
Ron Qualley, Pat Silver, and three students. 



Faculty Committees 



SUBCOMMITTEES UNDER STUDENT SERVICES: 

278 ARTIST ADVENTURE/PROGRAMS: William Wohlers, Chairman, Doris Bur- 
dick, Frank Di Memmo, Earl Evans, Orlo Gilbert, E. O. Grundset, Stan Hobbs, 
Kassy Krause, Steve Jaecks, Jack McClarty, Mark Peach, and four students. 

DISCIPLINE POOL SUBCOMMITTEE: Judy Glass, Leona Gulley, Beth 
Jedamski, Callie McArthur, Dennis Pettibone, and Marcie Woolsey. 

FILMS SUBCOMMITTEE: Don Dick, Chairman, Earl Evans, Loranne Grace, 
Norman Gulley, Callie McArthur, Robert Merchant, William Wohlers (ex 
officio), and two students. 

RELIGIOUS LIFE SUBCOMMITTEE: Jim Herman, Chairman, Phil Garver, 
Leona Gulley, Stan Hobbs, Derek Morris, Lydia Rose, and four students. 

SCREENING SUBCOMMITTEE: Pat Silver, Chairman, Diane Fletcher, Kassy 
Krause, Terry Martin, Don Mathis, Joi Richards, Lola Scoggins, William 
Wohlers {ex officio), and two students. 

STUDENT PERSONNEL COMMITTEE: William Wohlers, Chairman, K. R. 
Davis, Sharon Engel, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, James Herman, Stan Hobbs, 
Kassy Krause, Don Mathis, Cliff Myers, Ron Qualley, Becky Rolfe, and Lydia 
Rose. 

ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL: Don Sahly, Chairman, Ron Barrow, Dale Bid- 
well, Doris Burdick, Helen Durichek, Mary Elam, Floyd Greenleaf, Dean 
Kinsey, Jack McClarty, Robert Merchant, Ken Norton, William Wohlers, and 
two teaching faculty members. 



INDEX 



Absences . 29 

Academic Calendar Inside back 

Academic Enrichment Services ....... 33 

Academic Honesty 26 

Academic Policies 11 

Academic Probation and Dismissal 27 

Accounting, Courses in 71 

Accounts, Statements and Billing . . 245-249 

Accreditation and Memberships 5, 188 

Administration Building 6 

Administrative Staff 265 

Admissions . . 7 

Admission to Teacher Education 108 

Advance Payment 247 

Adventist Colleges Abroad 

Financial Policy 247 

Allied Health Professions 38 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series ....... 33 

Florence Oliver Anderson Lecture Series . 33 

Anesthesia 231 

Application Procedure 10 

Art, Courses in 46 

Architectural Studeis 222 

Arthur W. Spalding School 6 

Assembly Attendance 30, 240 

Associate Degree Programs 21, 22 

Accounting 68 

Allied Health 38 

Architectural Studies 222 

Computer Applications 221 

Computer Science 84 

Consumer and Family Science 92 

Dietetics 95 

Engineering Studies 133 

Food Service 94 

General Studies 229 

Home Economics 92 

Nursing 187 

Office Administration 69 

'technology 221 

Attendance Regulations 29 

Auditing Courses 24 

Auto Body, Diploma Program 223 

Baccalaureate Degree Programs 20-22 

Bachelor of Arts 20 

Art 45 

Biology 55 

Chemistry 79 

Computer Science 84 

English 136 

French 170 

German 170 

History 149 

International Studies 171 

Journalism 155 

Broadcasting 157 

News Editorial 156 

Public Relations 158 

Mathematics 164 



Music 174 

Physics 202 

Psychology 103 

Religion 208 

Spanish 170 

Bachelor of Business Administration ... 64 

Bachelor of Music 175 

Bachelor of Science 20-22 

Behavioral Science 50 

Family Studies 50 

Biology 55 

Business Administration 63 

Chemistry 79 

Computer Applications 221 

Computer Science 84 

Consumer and Family Science 92 

Education 103 

Accreditation HI 

Elementary 125 

Professional Semester 114 

Secondary 124 

Food Service Administration 94 

Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation W2 

Health Science 143 

Home Economics 92 

Long-Term Health Care 67 

Mathematics 164 

Medical Science 229 

Medical Technology 38 

Nursing 187 

Office Administration 69 

Physics 202 

Social Work 51 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 251 

Bankruptcy 251 

Behavioral Science, Courses in 51 

Biblical Languages, Courses in 220 

Biblical Studies, Courses in . , 215 

Biology, Courses in 57 

Board of Trustees 265 

Executive Board 265 

Brock Hall 6 

Business Administration, 
Courses in 73 

Campus Organizations 240 

Certification 5, 111 

Challenge Exams 31 

Chamber Music Series 34 

Changes in Registration 23 

Chemistry, Courses in 81 

Class Attendance 29 

Class Office Eligibility 240 

Class Standing 13 

CLEP Exams 31 

Collection Policy 250 

College Administration 265 

College Plaza 6 

College Publications 156 



Collegedale Church 6 

Commercial Auxiliaries Managers 266 

Computer Center 6 

Computer Science, Courses in . ♦ 88 

Concert-Lecture Series . . 33, 240 

Conduct 240 

Correspondence Wwrk 32 

Counseling 238 

Course Load . . » * 24 

Course Numbers . 37 

Course Sequence 32 

Darnells Hall 6 

Dean's List , 20 

Degree Requirements, Basic 12 

Degrees Offered 20-22 

Associate Degrees 20-22 

Bachelor of Arts 20-22 

Bachelor of Music 175 

Bachelor of Science 20-22 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 64 

Bachelor of Social Work 51 

General Education 

Requirements 15 

Major and Minor 

Requirements 20 

Dental Hygiene 41 

Dentistry 231 

Dietetics 95 

Dining Services 237 

Dismissal 27 

Distinguished Dean's List 20 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 33 

Earth Science, Courses in 207 

Economics, Courses in 73 

Education, Courses in 126 

Elementary Education 104 

Emeriti Faculty 268 

Employment Service 239 

English, Courses in 138 

Proficiency in 10 

Engineering 133 

Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ 

Concert Series 33 

Examinations 

Attendance 29 

Credit by 31 

CLEP 31 

Special 31 

Special Fees 245 

Expenses 243 

Facilities 6 

Faculty 

Committees 276 

Directory 268 

Emeriti 268 

Financial Information 243 

Aid ; 255 

Grants 262 

Loans . 261 



Satisfactory Academic 

Progress for 256 

Scholarships 259 

Veterans 259 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 251 

Expenses 

Advance Payments 247 

Application Fee 10 

Estimated Student Budget 243 

Food Service . . 247 

Housing 246 

International Student Deposit 247 

Late Registration 245 

Special Fees and Charges 245 

Student Costs 243 

Student Tithing 253 

Tuition 243 

Tuition Refunds 249 

Family Rebate 243 

Methods of Payment 248 

Florence Oliver Anderson 

Lecture Series 33 

Food and Nutrition, Courses in 99 

Food Service Administration ........ 94 

Food Service, One-Year 

Certificate Course 97 

Foreign Study 170 

French, Courses in 172 

Freshman Standing 7 

Full-Time Student 25 

General Education, Purpose of 15 

General Education Requirements 15 

General Studies 229 

Geography, Courses in 153 

German, Courses in 172 

Grading System 25 

Graduation Requirements 13 

Graduation with Honors 19 

Graphic Arts 224 

Greek, Courses in 220 

Grievance Procedure 28 

Guidance and Counseling 238 

Hackman Hall 6 

Half-Price Tuition 254 

Health Education, Courses in 146 

Health Insurance 250 

Health, Physical Education and 

Recreation, Courses in 144 

Health Service 238 

History of the College 4 

History, Courses in 151 

Home Economics, Courses in 98 

Home Management, Courses in 101 

Honor Roll 20 

Honors, Graduation with 19 

Honors Program 18 

Honors Studies Sequence 19 

Housing 246 

Deposit 246 

Humanities, Courses in 154 

Humanities Film Series 34 



Incompletes 25 

Industrial Education, See Technology 

Instructional Media 34 

Insurance 250 

Interest 250 

International Students 9 

Journalism, Courses in 159 

Labor Regulations 251 

Foreign Students 253 

Labor-Class Load 251 

Late Registration 245 

Law 232 

Ledford Hall . . . 6 

Libraries 34 

Library Science, Courses in . 163 

Loans \ 261 

Major and Minor Requirements 20 

Mathematics, Courses in 164 

Mazie Herin Hall 6 

McKee Library 6* 34 

Medical Science 229 

Medical Technology, Course in 39 

Medicine 232 

Minors 

Art 46 

Behavioral Science 51 

Biblical Languages 214 

Biology 57 

Business Administration 71 

Chemistry 81 

Clothing and Textiles 93 

Computer Science 85 

Consumer and Family Science 93 

English 138 

Foods and Food Service ....... * . . 93 

French 170 

German 170 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 143 

History 150 

Home Economics 93 

Journalism 

Broadcast 159 

News Editorial 158 

Public Relations 159 

Mathematics 166 

Music 180 

Office Administration 71 

Physics 204 

Psychology 103 

Religion 214 

Sociology . * 51 

Spanish 170 

Technology 223 

Modern Languages, Courses in 171 

Music, Courses in 180 

Curricula 

Bachelor of Music 175 

Bachelor of Arts 179 

Ensembles 185 

Fees 244 



Nursing, Courses in 192 

Accreditation 188 

Admission Requirements .... 8, 190, 194 

Expenses 245 

Loans 261 

Scholarships 262 

Objectives of the College 3 

Occupational Therapy 42 

Occupational Therapy Assistant 41 

Office Administration, Courses in 76 

One-Year Certificates 13, 21, 22 

Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing . . . 223 

Food Service 97 

Optometry 233 

Organizations 240 

Orientation Program 238 

Osteopathic Medicine 234 

Overseas Study 170 

Petition 28 

Pharmacy 234 

Philosophy 3 

Physical Education Building 6 

Physical Education, Courses in 144 

Physical Therapy 43 

Physical Therapy Assistant 41 

Physics, Courses in 204 

Pierson Lecture Series 34 

Placement 239 

Political Science, Courses in 153 

Pre-professional and 

Technical Curricula 22, 40, 95, 221 

Anesthesia 231 

Dental Hygiene 41 

Dentistry 231 

Dietetics 95 

Engineering 133 

Graphic Arts 224 

Law 232 

Medical Records Administration 71 

Medical Technology 38 

Medicine 232 

Occupational Therapy 42 

Optometry 233 

Osteopathy 234 

Pharmacy 234 

Physical Therapy 43 

Pre-Health Information 

Administration 71 

Public Health Science . 235 

Radiologic Technology 41 

Respiratory Therapy 41 

Technical Plant Services 224 

Veterinary Medicine 236 

Probation 27 

Programs of Study 20-22 

Psychology, Courses in . 103 

Public Health Science 235 

Publications 156, 239 

Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 35, 156 

Rebate, Family 243 

Refund Policy 249 



Credit Refund 250 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 258 

Registration 23 

Rehabilitation Act 237 

Religion Center . . 6 

Religion, Courses in 215 

Religious Organizations 240 

Residence Halls 237 

Residence Requirements 14 

Respiratory Therapy 41 

Right of Petition 28 

Satisfactory Academic Progress .... 28, 256 

Scholarships 259 

Scholastic Probation 27 

Secondary Education 124 

Senior Citizen Tuition Policy 254 

Senior Placement Service 239 

Sequence of Courses 32 

Service Auxiliaries, Managers 267 

Setting of College 4 

SC Students 5 

Bachelor of Social Work 51 

Social Work, Courses in 52 

Sociology, Courses in 53 

So-Ju-Conian Hall . 6 

Southern Facts Inside Front Cover 

Southern Scholars Benefits 18, 244 

Spalding Elementary School 6 

Spanish, Courses in 172 

Special Student 9 

Special Fees and Charges 245 

Speech, Courses in 141 

Speech-Language 

Pathology and Audiology 41 

Staley Christian Scholar 

Lecture Series 33 



Standards of Conduct 240 

Student Association 239 

Student Center 6 

Student Employment Service 239 

Student Life and Services 237 

Study and Work Load 24, 25 

Subject Requirements 

for Admission 8 

Summerour Hall 6 

Talge Hall 6 

Teacher Education Certification Ill 

Technology 221 

Textiles and Clothing, Courses in 98 

Thatcher Hall 6 

Tithe and Church Expense 253 

Transcripts 32, 245 

Transfer of Credit 141 

Transfer Students 8 

Trustees, Board of 265 

TUition and Fees 243 

Tuition Refunds 249 

Upper Division 15 

Veterans 259 

Veterinary Medicine 236 

Waiver Examinations 31 

Withdrawals 249 

Lynn \food Hall 6 

J. Mabel Wbod Hall 6 

WDrk Regulations 251 

Work-Study Schedule 24, 25 

Worship Services 241 

\Might Hall 6 

WSMC FM90.5 35, 156 



1989 



S M 



JULY 

T W T F S 



2 3 4 5 6 7 89 

9 10 1t 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 

OCTOBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 



AUGUST 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 



NOVEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

t 2 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 



SEPTEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 



DECEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 



1990 



JANUARY 

, S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

APRIL 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 

JULY 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



OCTOBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 



FEBRUARY 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 

MAY 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 

AUGUST 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 It 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 



NOVEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 



MARCH 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 

JUNE 

5 M T W T F S 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

SEPTEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 26 29 

30 

DECEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 



1989-90 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 







1989 Summer Sessions 


* 






1st 


2nd 


3rd 


4th 


Registration 




May 8 


June 5 


July 3 


July 30 


Freshmen Orientation 










July 30 


Classes begin 




May 8 


June 5 


July 3 


July 31 


Late registration fee 




May 9 


June 6 


July 5 


Aug. 1 


Last day to add course/fee 












for class change 




May 10 


June 7 


July 6 


Aug. 2 


Independence Day Observed 








July 4 




Last day to drop and 












automatically receive a "W" 




May 19 


June 16 


July 14 


Aug. 11 


All withdrawals after this 












date receive "F" 




May 26 


June 23 


July 21 


Aug. 18 


Classes end 




June 2 


June 30 


July 28 


Aug* 25 


• The Southern College summer term consists of four 










4-week sessions. Students in attendance during the 










1988-89 school year may register at any time during 










the week immediately preceding the session. 
















1st Semester 


2nd Semester 






1989-90 


1989-90 


Faculty Colloquium 




Aug. 18-20 






ACT and CLEP Exams 




Aug. 25, 


27 






Registration by appointment 




Aug. 28, 


29 


Jan. 8 




Classes begin 




Aug. 30 




Jan. 9 




Late registration fee 




Aug. 30 




Jan. 9 




Fee for class change 




Sept. 6 




Jan. 16 




Last day to add course 




Sept. 12 




Jan. 22 




Senior Class organization 








Jan. 16 




Mid-term ends 




Oct. 19 




Mar. 1 




Mid-semester vacation 




Oct. 20-22 


Mar. 2-11 


. 


Alumni Homecoming 




Oct. 27-29 






Last day to drop and 












automatically rei 






* 


***- i6 




Pre-Registration/A< SOUTHERN 

° 1 llllliaa !■■■■ 


COLLEGE MCKEE TBPadv 


Thanksgiving Vacs II II 


II 


IIIIIIIHIII 


11 mini imm mi 


Iflif 




Senior deadline fo IMHIHIHH 


Hill 


lllll ill 




II 




correspondence/ 


TMS08468R '" 


llll j 




All withdrawals aim m» — 













date receive "F" 

coir 




18-21 



For Reference 



Not to be taken 



from this library 



Apr. 8, 9 
Apr. 30 - 
May 6 



May 3 



♦ \ 




SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

OF S-EVENTH-DA^ ADVENTISTS 

POST OFFICE BOX 370 
COLLEGEDALE, TENNESSEE 37315-0370 



Nonprofit Organization 

U.S. POSTAGE 

PAID 

Permit No. 6 

Collegedale, TN 37315 



Address Correction Requested